[go: up one dir, main page]

US20040009967A1 - Pyridyl alkene- and pyridyl alkine- acid amides as cytostatics and immuno-suppressives - Google Patents

Pyridyl alkene- and pyridyl alkine- acid amides as cytostatics and immuno-suppressives Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20040009967A1
US20040009967A1 US10/208,656 US20865602A US2004009967A1 US 20040009967 A1 US20040009967 A1 US 20040009967A1 US 20865602 A US20865602 A US 20865602A US 2004009967 A1 US2004009967 A1 US 2004009967A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
hydrogen
ring
hydroxy
group
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/208,656
Inventor
Elfi Biedermann
Max Hasmann
Roland Loser
Benno Rattel
Friedemann Reiter
Barbara Schein
Klaus Seibel
Klaus Vogt
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Astellas Pharma GmbH
Original Assignee
Klinge Pharma GmbH and Co
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Klinge Pharma GmbH and Co filed Critical Klinge Pharma GmbH and Co
Priority to US10/208,656 priority Critical patent/US20040009967A1/en
Priority to US10/683,509 priority patent/US7276524B2/en
Publication of US20040009967A1 publication Critical patent/US20040009967A1/en
Assigned to FUJISAWA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH reassignment FUJISAWA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KLINGE PHARMA GMBH
Assigned to FUJISAWA GMBH reassignment FUJISAWA GMBH MERGER (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FUJISAWA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
Assigned to ASTELLAS PHARMA GMBH reassignment ASTELLAS PHARMA GMBH CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FUJISAWA GMBH
Assigned to FUJISAWA GMBH reassignment FUJISAWA GMBH ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FUJISAWA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH
Assigned to FUJISAWA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH reassignment FUJISAWA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: KLINGE PHARMA GMBH
Assigned to ASTELLAS PHARMA GMBH reassignment ASTELLAS PHARMA GMBH CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: FUJISAWA GMBH
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/08—Bridged systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D493/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system
    • C07D493/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D493/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D495/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D495/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D495/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/553—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/576—Six-membered rings
    • C07F9/59—Hydrogenated pyridine rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6527—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07F9/6533—Six-membered rings

Definitions

  • the invention relates to new pyridine compounds, methods for their production, medicaments containing these compounds as well as their use, especially in the treatment of tumor conditions and/or as cytostatic agents or as immunosuppressive agents.
  • cytostatic therapy to provide new pharmaceuticals and/or medicaments which not only possess a strong activity, but also exert diminished side effects in comparison to many classical cancerostatic agents, whereby treatment of a broad as possible spectrum of tumors should be made accessible. Furthermore, effective cytostatic agents for an efficient therapy should be made available. Active ingredients of this type should also be exceptionally suitable in the mentioned indications for a combination therapy, be it in connection with other cytostatic agents or with radiation (for example X-rays, radioactive elements, such as cobalt, or linear accelerator, etc.), with operative procedures, heat treatment, etc.
  • radiation for example X-rays, radioactive elements, such as cobalt, or linear accelerator, etc.
  • pyridyl(alkyl)carbonamides pyridyl(alkyl)sulfonamides and analogous ureas, wherein the amide portion is bound over an alkyl chain with a piperidine ring are disclosed in EP-A-0 479 601 as active ingredients with anti-arrhythmic properties.
  • subject-matter of the invention relates to compounds of formula (I)
  • R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, benzyloxy, aminocarbonyl, carboxy, phenyl, phenoxy, phenylthio, pyridyloxy, pyridylthio,
  • alkyl especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl
  • alkenyl especially C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl
  • alkinyl especially C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl
  • hydroxyalkyl especially C 1 -C 6 -hydroxyalkyl
  • alkoxy especially C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy
  • alkenyloxy especially C 3 -C 6 -alkenyloxy
  • alkinyloxy especially C 3 -C 6 -alkinyloxy
  • alkanoyloxy especially C 1 -C 7 -alkanoyloxy
  • alkoxycarbonyloxy especially C 2 -C 7 -alkoxycarbonyloxy
  • alkylthio especially C 1 -C 6 -alkylthio
  • alkenylthio especially C 3 -C 6 -alkenylthio
  • alkinylthio especially C 3 -C 6 -alkinylthio
  • cycloalkyl especially C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl
  • cycloalkyloxy especially C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyloxy
  • cycloalkylthio especially C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylthio
  • alkoxycarbonyl especially C 2 -C 7 -alkoxycarbonyl
  • alkylaminocarbonyl especially C 2 -C 7 -alkylaminocarbonyl
  • dialkylaminocarbonyl especially C 3 -C 13 -dialkylaminocarbonyl, or NR 5 R 6 , wherein
  • R 6 are selected independently of each other from hydrogen
  • alkyl especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl
  • alkenyl especially C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl
  • alkinyl especially C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl
  • R 2 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy,
  • alkyl especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl
  • alkoxy especially C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy or
  • alkanoyloxy especially C 1 -C 7 -alkanoyloxy
  • R 1 and R 2 if they are adjacent, optionally form a bridge which is selected from
  • R 8 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or alkyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl,
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxyalkyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -hdroxyalkyl and
  • R 4 is hydrogen, hydroxy, benzyloxy
  • alkyl especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl
  • alkenyl especially C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl
  • alkinyl especially C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl
  • cycloalkyl especially C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl or
  • alkoxy especially C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy
  • k is 0 or 1
  • A is alkenylene, especially C 2 -C 6 -alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once to three-fold by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 -alkoxy, fluorine, cyano or phenyl,
  • alkadienylene with at least four C-atoms especially C 4 -C 6 -alkadienylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, fluorine, cyano or phenyl,
  • 1,3,5-hexatrienylene which is optionally substutited by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, fluorine, cyano, or phenyl,
  • D is selected from alkylene, especially C 1 -C 10 -alkylene, optionally substituted once or twice by alkyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxy, or alkoxy, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy,
  • alkenylene with at least two C-atoms especially C 2 -C 10 -alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by alkyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxy, or alkoxy, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E,
  • alkinylene with at least three C-atoms especially C 3 -C 10 -alkinylene, optionally substituted once or twice by alkyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxy or alkoxy, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, and
  • alkylene especially C 1 -C 10 -alkylene, alkenylene with at least two C-atoms, especially C 2 -C 10 -alkenylene or alkinylene with at least three C-atoms, especially C 3 -C 10 -alkinylene, whereby one to three methylene units are each isosterically replaced by O, S, NR 9 , CO, SO or SO 2 wherein
  • R 9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, alkenyl, especially C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl, alkinyl, especially C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl, acyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -acyl or alkylsulfonyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkylsulfonyl,
  • E is selected from
  • heterocyclic ring can also optionally have a double bond
  • p can be, independently of one another, 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p ⁇ 4 and
  • R 10 is hydrogen, alkyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, carboxy or alkoxycarbonyl with at least two C-atoms, especially C 2 -C 7 -alkoxycarbonyl and
  • R 11 is hydrogen, alkyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl or or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom, wherein
  • R 10 ant R 11 optionally together, form an alkylene bridge with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 C-atoms, especially a C 1 -C 3 -alkylene bridge under formation of a bicyclic ring system,
  • G is selected from hydrogen
  • G1 represents the residue
  • r is an integer from 1 to 3 or 0 and
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 12 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, alkenyl with at least three C-atoms, especially C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl, alkinyl with at least three C-atoms, especially C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl, cycloalkyl with at least three C-atoms, especially C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
  • R 13 has the same meaning as R 12 , but is selected independently thereof,
  • R 14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl, phenyl,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
  • [0091] can also be a nitrogen heterocycle bound over the nitrogen atom, selected from
  • saturated or unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O, or
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are selected independently from one another from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl and
  • R 15 is selected from trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, alkenyloxy, especially C 3 -C 6 -alkenyloxy, or benzyloxy,
  • any aryl residues and/or aromatic ring systems in the substituents R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , Ar 1 and Ar 2 and/or in the ring system —NR 12 R 14 can be substituted independently from each other by one to three of the same or different residues which are selected from halogen, cyano, alkyl, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, trifluoromethyl, cycloalkyl, especially C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, alkoxy, substituted entirely or partially by fluorine, substituted alkoxy especially C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, alkylthio, especially C 1 -C 6 -alkylthio, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, especially
  • a preferred embodiment according to the invention relates to compounds of formula (I)
  • R 1 is a hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl, trifluoromethyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 -hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyloxy, C 3 -C 6 -alkinyloxy, benzyloxy, C 1 -C 7 -alkanoyloxy, C 2 -C 7 -alkoxycarbonyloxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkylthio, C 3 -C 6 -alkenylthio, C 3 -C 6 -alkinylthio, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyloxy, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylthio, C 2 -C 7 -alk
  • R 6 are selected independently from each other from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl and C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl,
  • R 2 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, benzyloxy or C 1 -C 7 -alkanoyloxy,
  • R 1 and R 2 in case they are adjacent, optionally form a bridge which is selected from the bridge members
  • R 8 are, independently from each other, hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 -alkyl
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, trifluoromethyl or C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl and
  • R 4 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl, C 3 -C 6 -cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy or benzyloxy,
  • k is 0 or 1
  • A is C 2 -C 6 -alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once to three-fold by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 3 -alkoxy, fluorine, cyano or phenyl,
  • C 4 -C 6 -alkadienylene which is optionally substituted once or twice by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, fluorine, cyano or phenyl
  • 1,3,5-hexatrienylene which is optionally substituted by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, fluorine, cyano or phenyl as well as
  • D is selected from C 1 -C 10 -alkylene, optionally substituted once or twice by C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxy, or C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy,
  • C 2 -C 10 -alkenylene which is optionally substituted once or twich by C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxy, or C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E,
  • C 3 -C 10 -alkinylene optionally substituted once or twice by C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxy, or C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, and
  • R 9 is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl, C 1 -C 6 -acyl or C 1 -C 6 -alkylsulfonyl,
  • heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond
  • p can be, independently of each other, 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p ⁇ 4 and
  • R 10 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, carboxy or C 2 -C 7 -alkoxycarbonyl and
  • R 11 hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom, wherein
  • R 10 and R 11 optionally together form a C 1 -C 3 -alkylene bridge under formation of a bi-cyclic ring system
  • G is selected from hydrogen
  • r is an integer from 1 to 3 or 0 and
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 12 is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic ring or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
  • R 13 has the same meaning as R 12 , but is selected independently thereof,
  • R 14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl, phenyl,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic ring or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
  • [0156] can also be a nitrogen heterocycle bound over the nitrogen atom, selected from
  • saturated or unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O, or
  • Ar 1 and Ar 2 are selected independently from one another from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl and
  • R 15 is selected from trifluoromethyl, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyloxy, or benzyloxy, and wherein
  • aromatic ring systems in the substituents R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 Ar 1 and Ar 2 and/or in the ring system —NR 12 R 14 can be substituted independently from each other by one to three of the same or different residues which are selected from halogen, cyano, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C 3 -C 9 -Cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, which can optionally be entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C 1 -C 6 -alkylthio, carboxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino or di-(C 1 -C 6 -alkyl)-
  • a further preferred embodiment of the invention constitutes compounds of the invention, which are distinguished in that substituents R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 and R 15 as well as A and D labelled therein have the following meaning in connection with the given substitutions according to this formula
  • halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine
  • C 1 -C 6 -alkyl can be straight chain or branched and is preferably a methyl-, ethyl-, propyl-, isopropyl-, butyl-, isobutyl-, sec-butyl-, tert-butyl-, cyclopropylmethyl-, pentyl-, isopentyl-, tert-pentyl-, neopentyl-, cyclopropylethyl-, cyclobutylmethyl- or a hexyl group,
  • alkylene is for example methylene, ethylene, propylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, heptamethylene, octamethylene, nonamethylene or decamethylene,
  • C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl can be straight chain or branched and is preferably an allyl-, 2-butenyl-, 3-butenyl-, 2-methyl-2-propenyl-, 2-pentenyl-, 4-pentenyl-, 2-methyl-2-butenyl-, 3-methyl-2-butenyl-, 2-hexenyl-, 5-hexenyl-, 4-methyl-3-pentenyl- or 2,2-dimethyl-3-butenyl group,
  • alkenylene is for example ethenylene, propenylene, butenylene, pentenylene, hexenylene, hexathenylene, heptenylene, octenylene, nonenylene or decenylene,
  • C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl can be straight chain or branched and is preferably a propargyl-, 2-butinyl-, 3-butinyl-, 4-pentinyl, 5-hexinyl- or 4-methyl-2-pentinyl group,
  • alkinylene is for example propinylene, butinylene, pentinylene, hexinylene, heptinylene, octinylene, noninylene or decinylene,
  • C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl is preferably cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl,
  • C 1 -C 6 -hydroxyalkyl contains a hydroxyl group in one of the above-named C 1 -C 6 -alkyl residues, especially in the form of the hydroxymethyl- and hydroxyethyl group, wherein
  • C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyloxy, C 3 -C 6 -alkinyloxy each contain, aside from the oxygen atom, one of the C 1 -C 6 -alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl- and/or C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl groups named above and the methoxy-, ethoxy-, isopropoxy-, tert-butoxy-, allyloxy- and propargyloxy group are preferred and is to be understood as among C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy entirely or partially substituted with fluorine, for example difluormethoxy, trifluormethoxy or 2,2,2-trifluorethoxy,
  • C 1 -C 6 -alkylthio, C 3 -C 6 -alkenylthio, C 3 -C 6 -alkinylthio each contain, aside from the sulfur atom, one of the C 1 -C 6 -alkyl-, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl- or C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl group named above, especially the methylthio-, ethylthio-, isopropylthio- and tert-butylthio groups,
  • C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyloxy and C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkylthio are preferred as cyclopentyloxy- and cyclopentylthio- and/or cylohexyloxy- and cyclohexylthio groups,
  • C 1 -C 7 -alkanoyloxy groups contain, aside from the oxygen atom, an aliphatic acyl residue with 1 to 7 carbon atoms, especially the acetoxy-, propionyloxy- and pivaloyloxy group,
  • C 2 -C 7 -alkoxycarbonyl groups contain, aside from the carbonyl group, one of the C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy groups mentioned above, especially the methoxycarbonyl-, ethoxycarbonyl-, isopropoxycarbonyl-, isobutoxycarbonyl-and tert-butoxycarbonyl group,
  • C 2 -C 7 -alkoxycarbonyloxy groups contain, aside from the oxygen atom, one of the C 2 -C 7 -alkoxycarbonyl residues mentioned above, especially the methoxycarbonyloxy-, ethoxycarbonyloxy-, isopropoxycarbonyloxy-, isobutoxycarbonyloxy-and tertbutoxycarbonyl group as well as the allyloxycarbonyloxy group,
  • C 2 -C 7 -alkylaminocarbonyl and C 3 -C 13 -dialkylaminocarbonyl groups contain, beside the carbonyl group, an alkylamino- and/or dialkylamino residue, whose C 1 -C 6 -alkyl groups have the above meanings, wherein the dimethylaminocarbonyl-, diethylaminocarbonyl- and the diisopropylaminocarbonyl groups are preferred, and aside from the unsubstituted amino group, one of the following C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino groups and/or di-(C 1 -C 6 -alkyl)amino groups are to be understood under the amino groups of the formula NR 5 R 6 ,
  • C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino contains one of the C 1 -C 6 -alkyl groups mentioned above, especially in form of the methylamino-, ethylamino-, propylamino-, isopropylamino-, butylamino- and the tert-butylamino group,
  • di-(C 1 -C 6 -alkyl)amino carries two of the same or different of the above named C 1 -C 6 -alkyl groups on the nitrogen atom, especially in form of the dimethylamino-, diethylamino-, dipropylamino-, diisopropylamino-, isopropylmethylamino-, dibutylamino- or tert-butylmethylamino group,
  • C 1 -C 6 -acyl is the residue of an aliphatic saturated or unsaturated, straight chain, branched or cyclic carboxylic acid, especially in form of the formyl-, acetyl-, propionyl-, acryloyl-, butyryl-, isobutyryl-, methacryloyl-, cyclopropylcarbonyl-, pentanoyl-, pivaloyl-, cyclobutylcarbonyl-, hexanoyl- and the dimethylacryloyl group,
  • C 1 -C 6 -alkansulfonyl is preferably the methanesulfonyl-, ethanesulfonyl-, propanesulfonyl-, butanesulfonyl-, pentanesulfonyl- and the hexanesulfonyl group,
  • saturated five- to seven-membered heterocycles with one or two hetero-atoms are especially tetrahydroaryl, tetrahydrothienyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, hexahydroazepinyl, piperazinyl, hexahydrodiazepinyl or morpholinyl,
  • monocyclic aromatic five- or six-membered heterocycles with one to three hetero-atoms are especially furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl or triazinyl,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclc ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring are preferably benzocyclobutyl, indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, biphenylenyl, fluorenyl, anthryl, dihydroanthryl, phenanthryl, dihydrophenanthryl, dibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocyclooctenyl or tetrahydrodibenzocyclooctenyl, wherein mono- or dioxo-derivates, wherein the residues of indanone, tetralone, anthrone, anthraquinone, fluorenone, phenanthrone, dibenzocycloheptenone, di
  • anellated bi- and tricyclische aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring are, for example, imidazothiazolyl, benzofuryl, dihydrobenzofuryl, benzothienyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolopyridyl, thiazolopyridyl, isothiazolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, pyrazolopyridyl, thienopyrimidinyl, chromanyl, benzopyranyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, dihydroquinolyl, te
  • stereoisomers such as, if applicable, cis/trans-isomers, endo/exo-isomers, optic isomers such as enantiomers, diastereomers as pure isomers or mixtures and/or racemic mixtures as well as the pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts with inorganic or organic acids, wherein the hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, sulfates and phosphates, are preferred as addition salts with suitable inorganic acids and acetates, benzoates, citrates, fumarates, gluconates, malates, maleates, methanesulfonates, lactates, oxalates, succinates, tartrates and tosylates are preferred as addition salts of organic acids.
  • R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 4 -hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, benzyloxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkanoyloxy, hydroxybenzimidazol, of indazolinone, of oxazolopyridinone, thiazolopyridinones, pyrazolopyridinones and imidazopyridinones and/or their tautomeres hydroxyoxazolopyridine, hydroxythiazolopyridines, hydroxypyrazolopyridines and hydroxyimidazopyridines, the residues of chromanone, chromone, quinolinone, di-hydroquinolinone, tetrahydrocarbazolone, acridone, of dihydrodibenzo
  • saturated and unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles represent —NR 12 R 14 as a grouping which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from N and/or S and/or O, for example azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, (1H)tetrahydropyridine, hexahydroazepine, (1H)tetrahydroazepine, octahydroazocine, pyrazolidine, piperazine, hexahydrodiazepine, morpholine, hexahydrooxazepine, thiomorpholine or thiomorpholine-1,1-dioxide,
  • R 6 are selected independently from each other form hydrogen and C 1 -C 6 -alkyl
  • R 2 is hydrogen, halogen, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy, wherein
  • R 1 and R 2 in the case they are adjacent, optionally form a bridge which are selected from the group of bridge members —(CH 2 ) 4 — and —(CH ⁇ CH) 2 — and —CH 2 O—CR 7 R 8 —O—, wherein
  • R 8 can be, independently from each other, hydrogen and C 1 -C 6 -alkyl
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and C 1 -C 6 -alkyl and
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy and benzyloxy,
  • k is 0 or 1
  • A is C 2 -C 6 -alkenylene, which is optionally substituted one to three-fold by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, hydroxy, fluorine, cyano, or phenyl,
  • C 4 -C 6 -alkadienylene which is optionally substituted once or twice by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, fluorine, cyano, or phenyl,
  • 1,3,5-hexatrienylene which is optionally substituted by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, fluorine, or cyano, as well as
  • D is selected from C 1 -C 10 -alkylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl or hydroxy,
  • C 2 -C 10 -alkenylene optionally substituted once or twice by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl or hydroxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E or
  • C 3 -C 10 -alkinylene which is optionally substituted once or twice by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl or hydroxy, and can be selected as well from
  • R 9 is hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, C 1 -C 6 -acyl or methanesulfonyl,
  • heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond
  • n and p can be, independent of each other, 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p ⁇ 4,
  • R 10 is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, carbon, or C 2 -C 7 -alkoxycarbonyl and
  • R 11 is selected from hydrogen or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom
  • G is selected from hydrogen
  • G1 represents the residue ——(CH 2 ) r —(CR 13 R 14 ) s R 12 (G1)
  • r is 0, 1 or 2 and
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 12 is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyl, C 3 -C 6 -alkinyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, whereby the bond can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from the groups N and/or S and/or O and the bond can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
  • R 13 has the same meaning as R 12 , but is selected independently thereof,
  • R 14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from the group N and/or S and/or O and the bond can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
  • G2 is selected from the residues
  • [0246] can also be a nitrogen heterocycle bound over the nitrogen atom, selected from
  • saturated or unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from N and/or S and/or O, or
  • Ar 2 are selected independently of each other from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl,
  • R 15 is trifluoromethyl, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyloxy or benzyloxy and
  • aromatic ring systems in which the substituents R 1 , R 2 , R 4 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 R 15 , Ar 1 and Ar 2 and/or in the ring system —NR 12 R 14 can carry independently of each other one to three of the same or different substituents from the series halogen, cyano, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, which can be optionally entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C 1 -C 6 -alkylthio, carboxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino, di-(C 1 -C 6 -alkyl)-amino
  • R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 4 -alkoxy, ethylthio, methoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxy, and phenoxy,
  • R 2 is hydrogen, halogen, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy
  • R 3 is hydrogen or halogen
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, hydroxy and C 1 -C 3 -alkoxy,
  • k is 0 or 1
  • A is C 2 -C 6 -alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, hydroxy or fluorine, or
  • C 4 -C 6 -alkadienylene which is optionally substituted by is C 1 -C 3 -alkyl or by 1 or 2 fluorine atoms, or
  • D is C 1 -C 8 -alkylene, which is optionally substituted once twice by methyl or hydroxy,
  • heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond
  • p can be independent of each other 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p ⁇ 3,
  • R 10 is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 -alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl and
  • R 11 is selected from hydrogen or an oxo group which is adjacent to the nitrogen atom
  • G is hydrogen or
  • [0283] is 0, 1 or 2 and
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 12 is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, benzyl or phenyl,
  • R 13 has the same meaning as R 12 , but is selected independently therefrom,
  • R 14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
  • G2 is selected from the residues
  • Ar 2 are selected independently of each other from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl,
  • R 15 is trifluoromethyl, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, C 3 -C 6 -alkenyloxy or benzyloxy and
  • aromatic ring systems in which the substituents can be substituted independently of each other by one to three of the same or different substituents from the series halogen, cyano, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C 3 -C 8 -Cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, which can be entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, can carry benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C 1 -C 6 -alkylthio, carboxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino, di-(C 1 -C 6 -alkyl)-amino, wherein two adjacent groups can form an additional ring with a methylenedioxy bridge.
  • a further preferred embodiment of the invention is in compounds which are distinguished in that the labelled substituents in formula (I)
  • R 1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, methoxy or methoxycarbonyl,
  • R 2 is hydrogen or halogen
  • R 3 is hydrogen
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, C 1 -C 3 -alkyl or hydroxy
  • k is 0 or 1
  • A is selected from C 2 -C 6 -alkylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by hydroxy or fluorine, or
  • D is C 2 -C 8 -alkylene, which is optionally substituted by methyl or hydroxy,
  • heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond
  • n and p can be, independent of each other, 0, 1, 2 or 3 with the proviso that n+p ⁇ 3 and
  • R 10 is hydrogen, methyl or hydro %yl
  • R 11 is hydrogen or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom
  • G is selected from hydrogen, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, methoxycarbonyl, tertbutoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, trifluoroacetyl, diphenylphosphinoyl or the residues
  • r is 0, 1 or 2 and
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 12 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl
  • R 13 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl
  • R 14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl, phenyl,
  • —NR 12 R 14 can also be selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, (1H)tetrahydropyridine, hexahydroazepine, Octahydroazocine, piperazine, hexahydrodiazepine, morpholine, hexahydrooxazepine, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, indoline, isoindoline, (1H)-dihydroquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoline, (2H)-tetrahydroisoquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoxaline, (4H)-dihydrobenzoxazine, (4H)-dihydrobenzo
  • R 1 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy
  • R 3 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is hydrogen or hydroxy
  • k is 0 or 1
  • A is selected from C 2 -C 4 -alkylene, which is optionally substituted by fluorine,
  • D is selected from C 2 -C 6 -alkylene, C 2 -C 6 -alkenylene, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E, and C 2 -C 6 -alkylene and C 2 -C 6 -alkenylene, wherein a methylene unit can be isosterically replaced by O, NH, N(CH 3 ) or CO or an ethylene group can be isosterically replaced by NH—CO and/or CO—NH or a propylene group can be isosterically replaced by NH—CO—O and/or O—CO—NH,
  • E is selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, 1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine, hexahydroazepine, morpholine and hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine, wherein the heterocyclic ring optionally adjacent to the nitrogen atom, can be substituted by an oxo group,
  • G is selected from hydrogen, tert-butoxycarbonyl, diphenylphosphinoyl, or one of the residues
  • r is 0 or 1
  • s is 0 or 1
  • R 12 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl
  • R 13 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl
  • R 14 is hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl or phenyl
  • —NR 12 R 14 can be selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, hexahydroazepine, morpholine, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, indoline, isoindoline, (1H)-dihydroquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoline, (2H)-tetrahydroisoquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[d] azepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]oxazepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobcnzo[b]thiazepine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridanone, (5H)-dihydrodibenzazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]-oxazepine or (11H)-dihydrodi
  • R 1 is hydrogen, fluorine, methyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy
  • R 3 are hydrogen
  • R 4 is hydrogen or hydroxy
  • A is ethenylene (vinylene) or 1,3-butadienylene
  • D is selected from C 2 -C 6 -alkylene or C 2 -C 6 -alkenylene, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E,
  • E is selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, hexahydroazepine or morpholine,
  • G is selected from benzyl, phenethyl, fluorenylmethyl, anthrylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, fluorenyl or dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl,
  • aromatic ring systems can be substituted independently of each other by one to three of the same or different substituents from the series halogen, cyano, C 1 -C 6 -alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C 3 -C 8 -cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxy, which can be entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C 1 -C 6 -alkylthio, carboxy, C 1 -C 6 -alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C 1 -C 6 -alkylamino or di-(C 1 -C 6 -alkyl)-amino, wherein two adjacent groups in the ring or ring system can form an additional ring over a methylendioxy bridge.
  • Reactive derivatives of compound (II) can be, for example, activated esters, anhydrides, acid halides (especially acid chlorides) or simple low alkyl esters.
  • Suitable acitivated esters are, for example, p-nitrophenyl ester, 2,4,6-trichlorphenyl ester, pentachlorophenyl ester, cyanomethyl ester, esters of N-hydroxysuccinimide, of N-hydroxyphthalimides, of 1-hydroxybenzotriazol, of N-hydroxypiperidine, of 2-hydroxypyridine or of 2-mercaptopyridine, etc.
  • Anhydrides can be symmetric anhydrides or mixed, as they are obtained, for example, with pivaloyl chloride or with chloroformates.
  • Aromatic for example chloroformic phenyl ester
  • araliphatic for example chloroformic benzyl ester
  • aliphatic chloroformates for example chloroformic methyl ester, -ethyl ester or -isobutyl ester
  • Reaction of compounds (II) with compounds (III) can also be carried out in the presence of condensation agents such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3-(3-di-methylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride, N,N′-carbonyldiimidazol, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, etc.
  • condensation agents such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3-(3-di-methylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride, N,N′-carbonyldiimidazol, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, etc.
  • condensation agent such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3-(3-di-methylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride, N,N′-carbon
  • Compounds of formula (III) can be used for reaction as free bases as well as in the form of their acid addition salts.
  • the salts of inorganic acids are to be preferred, i.e. hydrochlorides, hydrobromides or sulfates.
  • Reaction of compounds (II) or their reactive derivatives with compounds (III) are normally carried out in a suitable, preferably inert solvent.
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons (for example dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene), ether (for example diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, glycol dimethyl ether), ethyl acetate, acetonitrile or polar aprotic solvents such as, for example, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone are to be named. Pure solvents, as well as mixtures of two or more, can be used.
  • the reaction is optionally carried out in the presence of an auxiliary base.
  • auxiliary base Suitable examples for this are alkali metal carbonates (sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate), alkali metal hydrogen carbonates (sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate), or organic bases such as, for example, triethylamine, ethyl diisopropylamine, tributylamine, N-methylmorpholine or pyridine.
  • a suitable excess of compound (III) can also be used as a base. If compounds (III) are used in form of their acid addition salts, then it is appropriate to consider the amount of auxiliary base used as equivalent.
  • reaction temperatures can—depending on reactivity of the educts—vary in a wide range. Generally, the reaction is carried out at temperatures between ⁇ 40° C. and 180° C., preferably between ⁇ 10° C. and 130° C., especially at the boiling point of the solvent used.
  • G has the meaning given above, with the exception of hydrogen, and L represents a suitable nucleofuge or reactive group.
  • L represents a suitable nucleofuge or reactive group.
  • the type of nucleofuge or reactive group L and the conditions of the reaction are dependent of the nature of group G.
  • (c) produced by reacting compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen, with a suitable alkylation agent and/or arylation agent of formula (IV), wherein G is an alkyl-, alkenyl-, alkinyl-, cycloalkyl-, aryl-, aralkyl-, heteroaryl- or heteroaralkyl residue and the leaving group L can represent a reactive derivative of an alkohol, for example, a halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine or iodine or a sulfonic acid ester, i.e.
  • a reactive group L can also be an epoxide group, wherein the reaction occurs under addition.
  • the reactions are carried out in the presence of bases, whereby said bases can be used as in method (a) above.
  • bases can be used as in method (a) above.
  • chlorides or bromides are used as compound (IV)
  • the reaction can be accelerated by the addition of alkali metal iodides (sodium iodide, potassium iodide).
  • alkali metal iodides sodium iodide, potassium iodide.
  • the reaction temperatures can vary between 0° C. and 180° C. depending on the reactivity of the educts, but preferably lie between 20° C. and 130° C. i
  • G is an acyl residue, carbamoyl residue, sulfonyl residue or phosphinoyl residue according to definition, or their derivatives capable of reaction.
  • Preferred derivatives of carboxylic acids and/or sulfonic acids (V) which are capable of reaction are symmetric or unsymmetric carboxylic acid anhydrides and/or sulfonic acid anhydrides or acyl- and/or sulfonyl halides, especially acyl- and/or sulfonyl chlorides.
  • derivatives of carbamates and/or phosphinic acids which are capable of reaction are the carbamoyl halides and/or phosphinyl halides, especially carbamyl- and/or phosphinyl chlorides.
  • the reaction of the acids (V) and/or their reactive derivatives with compounds (I), in which G is hydrogen, preferably occurs in the presence of auxiliary bases in solvents and under conditions as they are described in method (a).
  • [0401] can also be produced, aside from the methods (a) and (d)
  • R 12 and R 14 and/or the grouping —NR 12 R 14 have the meanings according to the above definitions without having to purify or isolate the intermediate product.
  • Bis-trichloromethyl carbonate (triphosgene) and carbonyldiimidazol have been proven as particularly reactive carbonyl group transmitters.
  • the reaction of compounds of formula (I), wherein G is hydrogen, with triphosgene and/or carbonyldiimidazol are typically conducted in an absolute, inert solvent in the presence of a tertiary organic amine as an auxiliary base in such a manner that the solution of compounds (I) and the auxiliary base are slowly poured into a solution of an equivalent amount of carbonyl group transmitter.
  • reaction requires molar ratios of 1:1 for the reaction of compound (I) and carbonyldiimidazol, and, in contrast, a ratio of 1:0.35 for the use of triphosgene.
  • compound (VI) is added in stochiometric amounts or in excess as a solution or a solid and the reaction is typically completed at elevated temperature.
  • Suitable inert solvents are, for example hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, xylene, chlorinated hydrocarbons (for example dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene), ethers (for example diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane), esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, acetonitrile or polar aprodic solvents such as formamide or dimethylformamide. Pure solvents as well as mixtures can be used diversely. Sometimes it is of advantage to carry out the first partial reaction at low temperature in a low-viscosity, highly-volatile solvent and to remove the solvent after formation of the intermediate and replace it by a higher boiling solvent.
  • hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, xylene, chlor
  • Amines such as for example triethylamine, ethyl diisopropylamine, tributylamine, N-methylmorpholine or pyridine are suitable as auxiliary bases. If compounds (I) or (VI) are used as salts, the amount of the auxiliary base is increased accordingly.
  • the reaction temperatures can lie in between ⁇ 40° C. and 50° C. for the first partial reaction, preferably at 0° C. to 30° C., and between 0° C. and 150° C. for the second partial reaction, preferably at 20° C. to 120° C.
  • reaction of the compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen, with the isocyanates of formula (VII) are conducted thereby in an absolute, inert solvent which can be a hydrocarbon such as pentane, hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, or xylene, chlorinated hydrocarbons (such as dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene), ethers (for example, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane), esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, or polar aprotic solvents such as formamide or dimethylformamide mixtures of various solvents can also be used.
  • the reaction temperatures can vary in the region from ⁇ 20° C. to 150° C., but preferably lie at 20° C. to 100° C.
  • the compounds of formula (I), wherein G is hydrogen are themselves compounds with tumor growth inhibiting activity and/or cytostatic and immunosuppressive effectiveness. However, independent of their therapeutic applicability, they also represent useful intermediate compounds for the production of a multitude of other compounds according to the invention corresponding to (c) to (f).
  • compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen are essentially more advantageously produced from other compounds of formula (I), in which G is a selectively cleavable group under mild conditions, i.e. corresponds to a nitrogen protective group.
  • G represents a 4-methoxybenzyl group, a triphenylmethyl group, a methoxy- and/or ethoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, an allyloxycarbonyl group or a trifluoroacetyl group.
  • compounds of formula (I) with a 4-methoxybenzyl group as G are transformed into compounds of formula (I) with hydrogen as G by selective oxidation with ammonium-cer(IV)-nitrate for example.
  • R 4 is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkinyl or cycloalkyl residue according to the above definition and L is a suitable nucleofuge, i.e. for example a halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine or iodine or a sulfonic acid ester of an alcohol.
  • Preferred sulfonic acid esters (VIII) contain a methylsulfonyloxy residue, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy-, p-toluenesulfonyloxy-, p-bromobenzenesulfonyloxy- or m-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy residue as L.
  • auxiliary bases such as potassium-tert-butylate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride or butyl lithium in aprotic, inert solvents.
  • solvents can be for example aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbons (pentane, hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene), ethers (for example, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane) or polar solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • the reaction temperatures can lie between ⁇ 40° C. and 140° C. preferably between ⁇ 20° C. and 80° C.
  • the compounds of formula (I) produced according to the methods (a) to (g) can be isolated and purified in a known manner, for example by subjecting the residue after distillation of the solvent to partition, extraction, re-precipitation or re-crystallization or another purification method. For this, column chromatography on a suitable support or preparative, middle or high pressure liquid chromatography are preferred for this.
  • the compounds (I) are first normally obtained in form of their free bases or their hydrates or solvates, depending on the type of isolation and purification. Their addition salts with pharmaceutically suitable acids are obtained in a typical manner by converting the base with the desired acid in a suitable solvent. Depending on the number of basic centers of compound (I), one or more equivalent acids per mole of base can be bound.
  • Suitable solvents are, for example, chlorinated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane or chloroform; ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane or tetrahydrofuran; acetonitrile; ketones such as acetone or ethyl methyl ketone; esters such as methyl acetate or ethyl acetate or low molecular alcohols such as methanol, ethanol or isopropanol; and water. Pure solvents as well as mixtures of two or three solvents can also be used.
  • the salts can be isolated by crystallization, precipitation or the evaporation of the solvent. Thereby, they optionally accumulate as hydrates or solvates.
  • the bases can be recovered from the salts by alkalization, for example with aqueous ammonia solution, alkali carbonate or diluted sodium hydroxide solution.
  • CDI carbonyldiimidazol
  • TEA triethylamine
  • reaction mixture is washed with 10% sodium hydroxide solution.
  • aqueous phase is extracted twice, each with 50 ml dichlormethane.
  • the combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum.
  • the residue is chromatographically pre-purified over silica gel with CHCl 3 /CH 3 OH (98/2 to 95/5) and subsequently purified by two-fold flash-chromatography with CHCl 3 /CH 3 OH (99/1 to 95/5).
  • an amorphous solid remains with a MP of 72-74° C.; yield: 0.75 g (7%).
  • the mixture is stirred for two hours at RT and extracted by shaking three times in the heat, each with 10 ml water, 2 M sodium hydroxide and water again.
  • the organic phase is concentrated under vacuum and the orange colored oily residue is chromatographically purified twice over silica gel with CHCl 3 /CH 3 OH/NH 4 OH (90/9/1 and 95/5/0 to 90/10/0) and crystallized from 10 ml acetic acid ethyl ester. Colorless crystals remain with a MP of 100-102° C.; yield: 1.9 g (35%).
  • the batch is washed twice with sodium hydroxide with 50 ml 2M sodium hydroxide solution and 70 ml water.
  • the organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum.
  • the residue is chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl 3 /CH 3 OH (96/4 to 95/5) and crystallized from 70 ml acetonitrile. Colorless crystals remain with a MP of 129-131° C.; yield: 3.9 g (62%).
  • the reaction time is prolonged to 6 hours at RT.
  • the batch is washed with 50 ml 1 M sodium hydroxide solution and the aqueous phase is extracted with 50 ml dichlormethane.
  • the combined organic phases are concentrated under vacuum and the residue is chromatographically pre-purified twice over silica gel with CHCl 3 /CH 3 OH (93/7 and 95/5), subsequently purified further by flash-chromatography with CHCl 3 /CH 3 OH (95/5 and 97/3) and crystallized from 5 ml acetic acid ethyl ester. Colorless crystals remain with a MP of 80-82° C.; yield: 0.9 g (15%).
  • the residue is chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl 3 /CH 3 OH (100/0 to 98/2) and dissolved in 80 ml ethanol. After addition of 6 ml conc. hydrochloric acid, the mixture is heated to boiling for 5 hours. After cooling, the solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue is azeotropically dehydrated twice, each with 30 ml toluene, and subsequently dried under high-vacuum. The resin is further processed without additional purification Yield: 6.8 g (71%).
  • the aqueous phase is made basic with 200 ml 10% sodium hydroxide solution and extracted twice, each with 250 ml toluene
  • the solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue is chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl 3 /CH 3 OH (97/3). After drawing off the solvent, a light brown oil remains which is processed further without additional purification. Yield: 47.4 g (90%).
  • the active ingredients according to the invention can be processed to the desired medicaments in the form of their acid addition salts, hydrates or solvates individually or in combination with each other, optionally under addition of other active ingredients, for the indications tumor treatment or immunosuppression.
  • these can also optionally be separately present next to each other in the medicine packaging, for example as tablets next to viles, depending on the requirements.
  • further subject-matter of the invention is a method for the treatment of the human or animal body in which a compound or compound mixture according to formula (I), wherein the substituents have the above described meaning, is administered for treatment of tumors and/or as a cytostatic agent, cancerostatic agent, immunosuppressing, agent, optionally in combination with further cytostatic or immunosuppressive active ingredients or other active ingredients suitable in the named indications.
  • the invention relates to a compound or compound mixture according to formula (I) for use in a therepeutic method in which the therapeutic use is carried out in connection with one or more medical indications with tumors or for immunosuppression, optimally in combination with further pharmaceuticals suitable in the named indications.
  • a method for the production of medicaments with an amount of one or more compounds according to formula (I) which are suitable for the processing of these active ingredients together with respective suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and adjuvants for finished medicinal forms equally belongs to the scope of protection according to the invention.
  • the respective suitable medical form is selected for the suitable therapeutic application.
  • the invention also relates to the use of the compounds according to formula (I), including (E)-3-(3-pyridyl)-N-[2-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)ethyl]-2-propenamide hydrochloride, for treatment in the above indications.
  • injections are administered for the treatment of tumors.
  • These are prepared either in the form of vials or also as so-called ready-to-use injection preparations, for example as ready-to-use syringes or single use syringes in addition to perforation bottles for multiple withdrawals.
  • Administration of the injection preparations can occur in the form of subcutaneous (s.c.), intramuscular (i.m.), intravenous (i.v.) or intracutaneous (i.c.) application.
  • the respective suitable injection forms can especially be produced as solutions, crystal suspensions, nanoparticular or colloid-disperse systems, such as for example, hydrosols.
  • the injectable formulations can also be produced as concentrates which can be adjusted with aqueous isotonic dilution agents to the desired active ingredient dosage. Furthermore, they can also be produced as powders, such as for example lyophilisates, which are then preferably dissolved or dispersed immediately before application with suitable diluents.
  • the infusions can also be formulated in the form of isotonic solutions, fat emulsions, liposome formulations, microemulsions and liquids based on mixed micells, for example, based on phospholipids.
  • infusion formulations can also be prepared in the form of concentrates to dilute.
  • the injectable formulations can also be applied in the form of continuous infusions as in stationary as well as in out-patient therapy, for example in the form of mini-pumps.
  • Albumin, plasma expanders, surface active compounds, organic solvents, pH influencing compounds, complex forming compounds or polymeric compounds can be added to the parenteral medicinal forms, especially as substances for influencing the adsorption of the active ingredients to protein or polymers or also with the aim of decreasing the adsorption of the active ingredient to materials such as injection instruments or packaging materials, for example plastic or glass.
  • the active ingredients can be bound to nanoparticles in the preparations for parenteral use, for example on finely dispersed particles based on poly(meth)acrylates, polyacetates, polyglycolates, polyamino acids or polyether urethanes.
  • the parenteral formulations can also be constructively modified as depot preparations, for example on the multiple unit principle, where the active ingredients are incorporated in a most finely distributed and/or dispersed, suspended form or as crystal suspensions, or on the single unit principle, where the active ingredient is enclosed in a medicinal form, for example, a tablet or a seed which is subsequently implanted.
  • these implantations or depot medicaments in single unit and multiple unit medicinal forms consist of so-called biodegradable polymers, such as for example, polyether urethanes of lactic and glycolic acid, polyether urethanes, polyamino acids, poly(meth)acrylates or polysaccharides.
  • biodegradable polymers such as for example, polyether urethanes of lactic and glycolic acid, polyether urethanes, polyamino acids, poly(meth)acrylates or polysaccharides.
  • Sterilized water pH value influencing substances, such as for example organic and inorganic acids or bases as Well as their salts, buffer substances for setting the pH value, agents for isotonicity, such as for example sodium chloride, monosodium carbonate, glucose and fructose, tensides and/or surface active substances and emulsifiers, such as for example, partial fatty acid esters of polyoxyethylene sorbitan (Tween®) or for example fatty acid esters of polyoxethylene (Cremophor®), fatty oils such as for example peanut oil, soybean oil and castor oil, synthetic fatty acid esters, such as for example ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate and neutral oil (Miglyol®) as well as polymer adjuvents such as for example gelatin, dextran, polyvinylpyrrolidone, organic solvent additives which increase solubility, such as for example propylene glycol, ethanol, N,N-dimethyl
  • a further systemic application form of importance is peroral administration as tablets, hard or soft gelatin capsules, coated tablets, powders, pellets, microcapsules, oblong compressives, granules, chewable tablets, lozenges, gums or sachets.
  • These solid peroral administration forms can also be prepared as sustained action and/or depot systems.
  • film or matrix forming substances such as for example ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, poly(meth)acrylate derivatives (for example Eudragit®), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate are suitable in organic solutions as well as in the form of aqueous dispersions.
  • bio-adhesive preparations are also to be named in which the increased retention time in the body is achieved by intensive contact with the mucus membranes of the body.
  • An example of a bio-adhesive polymer is the group of Carbomers®.
  • compressives such as for example non-disintegrating tablets in oblong form of a suitable size with a slow release of active ingredient
  • compressives are especially suitable.
  • mixtures of pellets which release at the various places are employable, for example mixtures of gastric fluid soluble and small intestine soluble and/or gastric fluid resistant and large intestine soluble pellets.
  • the same goal of releasing at various sections of the gastrointestinal tract can also be conceived by suitably produced laminated tablets with a core, whereby the coating of the agent is quickly released in gastric fluid and the core of the agent is slowly released in the small intestine milieu.
  • the goal of controlled release at various sections of the gastrointestinal tract can also be attained by multilayer tablets.
  • the pellet mixtures with differentially released agent can be filled into hard gelatin capsules.
  • Anti-stick and lubricant and separating agents such as flame dispersed silicone dioxide, disintegrants, such as various starch types, PVC, cellulose esters as granulating or retarding agents, such as for example wax-like and/or polymeric compounds on the basis of Eudragit®, cellulose or Cremophor® are used as a further adjuvents for the production of compressives, such as for example tablets or hard and soft gelatin capsules as well as coated table and granulates.
  • Anti-oxidants such as for example saccharose, xylite or mannite, masking flavors, aromatics, preservatives, colorants, buffer substances, direct tableting agents, such as for example microcrystalline cellulose, starch and starch hydrolysates (for example Celutab®), lactose, polyethylene glycols, polyvinylpyrrolidone and dicalcium phosphate, lubricants, fillers, such as lactose or starch, binding agents in the form of lactose, starch varieties, such as-for example wheat or corn and/or rice starch, cellulose derivatives, for example methylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose or silica, talcum powder, stearates, such as for example magnesium stearate, aluminum stearate, calcium stearate, talc, siliconized talc, stearic acid, acetyl alcohol and hydrated fats are used.
  • direct tableting agents such as for example microcrystalline cellulose, starch and starch hydrolysates
  • oral therapeutic systems constructed especially on osmotic principles, such as for example GIT (gastrointestinal therapeutic system) or OROS (oral osmotic system), are also to be mentioned.
  • GIT gastrointestinal therapeutic system
  • OROS oral osmotic system
  • Effervescent tablets or tabs both of which represent immediately drinkable instant medicinal forms which are quickly dissolved or suspended in water are among the perorally administratable compressives.
  • perorally administratable forms are also solutions, for example drops, juices and suspensions, which can be produced according to the above given method, and can still contain preservatives for increasing stability and optionally aromatics for reasons of easier intake, and colorants for better differentiation as well as antioxidants and/or vitamins and sweeteners such as sugar or artificial sweetening agents. This is also true for inspisated juices which are formulated with water before ingestion.
  • Ion exchange resins in combination with one or more active ingredients are also to be mentioned for the production of liquid ingestable forms.
  • a special release form consists in the preparation of so-called floating medicinal forms, for example based on tablets or pellets which develop gas over contact with body fluids and therefore float on the surface of the gastric fluid furthermore, so-called electronically controlled release systems can also be formulated by which active ingredient release can be selectively adjusted to individual needs.
  • a further group of systemic administration and also optionally topically effective medicinal forms are represented by rectally applicable medicaments.
  • suppositories and enema formulations.
  • the enema formulations can be prepared based on tablets with aqueous solvents for producing this administration form.
  • Rectal capsules can also be made available based on gelatin or other carriers.
  • Hardened fat such as for example Witepsol®, Massa Estarinum®, Novata®, coconut fat, glycerol-gelatin masses, glycerol-soap-gels and polyethylene glycols are suitable as suppository bases.
  • pressed implants are suitable which are preferably formulated on the basis of so-called biodegradable polymers.
  • transdermal systems are also to be emphasized which distinguish themselves, as with the above-mentioned rectal forms, by circumventing the liver circulation system and/or liver metabolism.
  • These plasters can be especially prepared as transdermal systems which are capable of releasing the active ingredient in a controlled manner over longer or shorter time periods based on different layers and/or mixtures of suitable adjuvents and carriers.
  • membrane infiltration increasing substances and/or permeation promoters such as for example oleic acid, Azone®, adipinic acid derivatives, ethanol, urea, propylglycol are suitable in the production of transdermal systems of this type for the purpose of improved and/or accelerated penetration.
  • vaginally or genitally applicable emulsions creams, foam tablets, depot implants, ovular or transurethral adminstration installation solutions.
  • highly sterile eye ointments, solutions and/or drops or creams and emulsions are suitable.
  • Sodium algenate as a gel builder for production of a suitable foundation or celluolose derivatives such as for example guar or xanthene gum
  • inorganic gel builders such as for example aluminum hydroxides or bentonites (so-called thixotropic gel builder)
  • polyacrylic acid derivatives such as for example Carbopol®, polyvinylpyrolidone, microcrystalline cellulose or carboxymethylcellulose are suitable as adjuvents and/or carriers.
  • amphiphilic low and high molecular weight compounds as well as phospholipids are suitable.
  • the gels can be present either as hydrogels based on water or as hydrophobic organogels, for example based on mixtures of low and high molecular paraffin hydrocarbons and vaseline.
  • Anionic, cationic or neutral tensides can be employed as emulsifiers, for example alkalized soaps, methyl soaps, amine soaps, sulfanated compounds, cationic soaps, high fatty alcohols, partial fatty acid esters of sorbitan and polyoxyethylene sorbitan, for example lanette types, wool wax, lanolin, or other synthetic products for the production of oil/water and/or water/oil emulsions.
  • Hydrophilic organogels can be formulated, for example, on the basis of high molecular polyethylene glycols. These gel-like forms are washable.
  • Osmotically effective acids and bases such as for example hydrochloric acid, citric acid, sodium hydroxide solution, potassium hydroxide solution, monosodium carbonate, further buffer systems, such as for example citrate, phosphate, Tris-buffer or triethanolamine are used for adjusting the pH value.
  • Preservatives for example such as methyl- or propyl benzoate (parabenes) or sorbic acid can be added for increasing stability.
  • Pastes, powders or solutions are to be mentioned as further topically applicable forms.
  • Pastes often contain lipophilic and hydrophilic auxiliary agents with very high amounts of fatty matter as a consistency-giving base.
  • Powders or topically applicable powders can contain for example starch varieties such as wheat or rice starch, flame dispersed silicon dioxide or silica, which also serve as diluents, for increasing flowability as well as lubricity as well as for preventing agglomerates.
  • starch varieties such as wheat or rice starch
  • flame dispersed silicon dioxide or silica which also serve as diluents, for increasing flowability as well as lubricity as well as for preventing agglomerates.
  • Nose drops or nose sprays serve as nasal application forms.
  • nebulizers or nose creams or ointments can come to use.
  • nose spray or dry powder formulations as well as controlled dosage aerosols are also suitable for systemic administeration of the active ingredients.
  • these pressure and/or controlled dosage aerosols and dry powder formulations can be inhaled and/or insufflated. Administration forms of this type also certainly have importance for direct, regional application in the lung or bronchi and larynx.
  • the dry powder compositions can be formulated for example as active ingredient-soft pellets, as an active ingredient-pellet mixture with suitable carriers, such as for example lactose and/or glucose.
  • suitable carriers such as for example lactose and/or glucose.
  • suitable carriers such as for example lactose and/or glucose.
  • suitable carriers such as for example lactose and/or glucose.
  • suitable carriers such as for example lactose and/or glucose.
  • suitable carriers such as for example lactose and/or glucose.
  • suitable carriers such as for example lactose and/or glucose.
  • suitable carriers such as for example lactose and/or glucose.
  • suitable carriers such as for example lactose and/or glucose.
  • suitable carriers such as for example lactose and/or glucose
  • tetrafluoroethane or HFC 134a and/or heptafluoropropane or HFC 227 are suitable, wherein non-fluorinated hydrocarbons or other propellants which are gaseous at normal pressure and room temperature, such as for example propane, butane or dimethyl ether can be preferred.
  • propellant-free, manual pump systems can also be used.
  • the propellant gas aerosols can also suitably contain surface active adjuvents, such as for example isopropyl myristate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, sorbitan trioleate, lecithins or soya lecithin.
  • surface active adjuvents such as for example isopropyl myristate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, sorbitan trioleate, lecithins or soya lecithin.
  • solutions for installation for example for transurethral administration in bladder tumors or genital tumors, or for profusion in liver tumors or other organ carcinomas are suitable.
  • the respective suitable medicinal forms can be produced in accordance with the prescription and procedures based on pharmaceutical-physical fundamentals as they are described for example in the following handbooks and are included in the present inventive subject-matter with respect to the production of the respective suitable medicaments:
  • the solution is produced according to the customary method, sterilized and filled into 10 ml vials.
  • One vial contains 50 mg of the compound according to the invention.
  • Penteral Solution active ingredient used according to the invention 1.000 g hydrochloric acid, dilute 5.000 g sodium chloride 6.000 g water for injection purposes to 1000.000 ml
  • the solution is produced according to a customary method by stirring; the medicinal form is adjusted to a suitable pH value by acid addition and subsequently filled into 100 ml vials and sterilized.
  • a vial contains 100 mg of the compound according to the invention.
  • the active ingredient(s) used according to the invention is dispersed in the saturated triglycerides. Then the soya lecithin is added under stirring, and subsequent to this, the aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide is added with subsequent liomogenization. The dispersion is sterilized and filled into 10 ml vials. A vial contains 50 mg of the compound according to the invention.
  • Biodegradable Parenteral Depot Medicinal Form active ingredient used according to the invention 10.000 polylactic acid /polygylcolic acid polymer 70.000 polyvinylpyrrolidone 0.200 gelatin 2.000 soya lecithin 2.000 isotonic sodium chloride solution to 1000.000 ml
  • the active ingredient is incorporated into the biodegradable polymer comprising polylactic acid and polyglycolic acid by a suitable method (spray drying, solvent-evaporation or phase separation) and subsequently subjected to a sterilization process.
  • the particles are introduced into a 2-chamber ready-made syringe in which the adjuvent solution, which is also produced in a sterile manner, is filled.
  • the biodegradable microparticles are mixed with the dispersion agent shortly before application and dispersed.
  • a ready-made syringe contains 200 mg of the active compound according to the invention.
  • the active ingredient is dispersed together with soya lecithin and arachis oil.
  • the benzyl alcohol is dissolved in Miglyole® and added to the dispersion.
  • the entire dispersion is sterilized and subsequently filled into vials with 2 ml content.
  • a vial contains 50 mg active ingredient.
  • so-called perforation bottles vials
  • infusion solutions with an amount of one or more active ingredients according to the invention can also be made available in the customary manner under addition of buffer substances for adjustment of physiological pH value and/or the isotonicity and/or a best possible suitable pH value for the medicinal form (euhydria) and optional further required nutrients, vitamins, amino acids, stablizers and other necessary adjuvents, possibly in combination with further medicinal agents suitable for the mentioned indications.
  • the above components are mixed with each other and compacted in a conventional manner, wherein a tablet weight of 180 mg is set. Each tablet contains 100 mg active ingredient. If desired, the tablets obtained in this manner are coated, provided with a film coat and/or enterically coated.
  • a granulate is produced which is pressed to the desired coated tablet cores.
  • Each core contains 50 mg of active ingredient.
  • the core can be further processed in a customary manner to coated tablets. If desired, a gastric fluid resistant or retarding fine coat can be applied in a known manner.
  • the active ingredient is compacted together with the adjuvents under high pressure to sublingual tablets, favorably in oblong form.
  • the active ingredient is impasted together with the fluid carrier mixture and mixed together with further adjuvents suitable for the incapsulation and filled into elastic soft gelatin capsules which are sealed.
  • Hard Gelatin Capsules active ingredient used according to the invention 0.150 g microcrystalline cellulose 0.100 g hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 0.030 g mannite 0.100 g ethylcellulose 0.050 g triethyl citrate 0.010 g
  • the active ingredient is mixed together with the adjuvents, microcrystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and mannite, wet with granulation liquid and formed into pellets. These are subsequently coated with a solution of ethylcellulose and triethyl citrate in organic solvents in a fluidized-bed apparatus.
  • a hard gelatin capsule contains 150 mg of active ingredient.
  • the active ingredient(s) used according to the invention is dissolved in propylene glycol at ca. 60° C.
  • the lipophilic components are melted at 60-70° C. and subsequently combined with the active ingredient solution.
  • the ointment is emulsified at first at 60-70° C. and subsequently cooled to 35-40° C. under constant emulsification and then filled in 10 g tubes.
  • a tube contains 100 mg of the compound according to the invention.
  • Further subject-matter is a pharmaceutical formulation which is characterized in that it contians an active ingredient(s) used according to the invention as a base or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof together with carriers and/or diluents customary for this and suitable for administration by means of inhalation.
  • physiologically acceptable salts of the active ingredients are, as already illustrated in the synthesis section, acid addition salts derived from inorganic or organic acids such as for example especially hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, phosphate, maleate, tartrate, citrate, benzoate, 4-methoxybenzoate, 2- or 4-hydroxybenzoate, 4-chlorobenzoate, p-tosylate, methaneosulfonate, ascorbate, salicylate, acetate, formate, succinate, lactate, glutarate, gluconate or tricarballylate.
  • inorganic or organic acids such as for example especially hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, phosphate, maleate, tartrate, citrate, benzoate, 4-methoxybenzoate, 2- or 4-hydroxybenzoate, 4-chlorobenzoate, p-tosylate, methaneosulfonate, ascorbate, salicylate, acetate, formate,
  • compositions used of the invention by means of inhalation occurs according to the invention in conventional ways customary for administrations of this form, for example in the form of a commercial controlled dosage aerosol or in combination with a spacer.
  • a metering valve is delivered with whose help, a dosed amount of the composition is administered.
  • the present compositions can be formulated for example as aqueous solutions or suspensions and be administered by means of an atomizer.
  • Aerosol spray formulations in which the active ingredient is either suspended with one or two stabilizers in a propellant as a carrier and/or diluent, for example tetrafluoroethane or MFC 134a and/or heptafluoropropane or HFC 227 can equally be used, whereby however, non-fluorinated hydrocarbons or other propellants which are gaseous at normal pressure and room temperature, such as propane, butane or dimethyl ether, can be preferred. Thereby, propellant-free manual pump systems or dry powder systems as desribed below can also be used.
  • the propellant aerosols can also contain surface active adjuvents, such as for example isopropyl myristate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, sorbitan trioleate, lecithins, oleic acid.
  • surface active adjuvents such as for example isopropyl myristate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, sorbitan trioleate, lecithins, oleic acid.
  • the medicaments with an amount of compounds according to the invention can also be formulated in the form of dry powder compositions, for example as active ingredient-soft pellets or as an active ingredient-powder mixture with a suitable carrier such as for example lactose and/or glucose.
  • a suitable carrier such as for example lactose and/or glucose.
  • the powder compositions can be formulated and administered as single doses or as multiple doses.
  • the compounds according to the invention are preferably administered by means of a controlled dosage aerosol or in the form of a dry powder dosage formulation, wherein the latter preferably contains glucose and/or lactose as a carrier substance.
  • applicators for inhalation of the pharmaceutical formulations containing one or more of the active ingredient(s) used according to the invention all applicators are generally suitable which are suitable for controlled dosage aerosols and/or a dry powder dosage formulation, such as for example usual applicators for the nose, mouth and or pharynx, or also devices standing under propellant gas for the delivery of a spray (as controlled dosage aerosol or dry powder dosage formulation) as they are also used for inhalations in the nose, mouth and/or pharynx.
  • a further embodiment can also consist of an aqueous solution of the active ingredient(s) used according to the invention, which also optionally contains further active ingredients and/or additives, which are applied by means of an ultrasound atomizer.
  • the micronized active ingredient is, after previous dispersion in a small amount of the stabilizer, placed in a suspension vessel in which the bulk amount of propellant gas solution is found.
  • the corresponding suspension is dispersed by means of a suitable stirring system (for example high performance mixer or ultrasound mixer) until an ultra-fine dispersion results.
  • the suspension is then continuously held in flux in a filling apparatus suitable for cold propellants or pressure fillings.
  • the suspension can also be produced in a suitable cooled stabilizer solution in IEC 134a/227.
  • the examples c) to d) describe the composition and production of dosage dry powder formulations.
  • mg/dose c) Dosage-Dry Powder Formulation active ingredient used according to the invention 0.500 mg d) Dosage-Dry Powder Formulation active ingredient used according to the invention 0.500 mg lactose Ph.Eur. to 2.5 mg or to 5.0 mg e) Dosage-Dry Powder Formulation active ingredient used according to the invention 0.250 mg lactose Ph.Eur. to 2.5 mg or to 5.0 mg
  • the active ingredient is micronized, thereafter, bulk material is mixed with the lactose in the given amounts, and subsequently, filled in a multi-dose powder inhilator.
  • the active ingredient or the medicinal agent in the form of the respective, suitable pharmaceutical acceptable salt and/or acid addition salts can be present, insofar as the base is not preferred in each case.
  • the tumor growth inhibiting activity of the substances was determined on human tumor cells in standardized in vitro test systems. In the screening tests, the substances gave IC 50 -values in a concentration range of 0.1 nM to 10 ⁇ M.
  • the test was ended and the protein amount in the individual wells was determined with the sulforhodamin-B-method (according to P. Skehan et al.: New Colorimetric Cytotoxity Assay for Anticancer-Drug Screening. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 82: 1107-1112, 1990).
  • the IC 50 -values (defined as that concentration in which the cell growth was inhibited by 50%) was taken from the dose-response curves and given as a comparative measurement for the activity of the test compounds.
  • the compounds of formula (I) and their salts permit a therapeutic use in malignant illness of humans and animals through their excellent inhibition of the growth of tumor cells
  • the anti-neoplastic activity of the described substances can be used for prophylactic, adjunct, palliative, and curative treatment of solid-tumors, leukemic illnesses and lymphomas as well as for decreasing or preventing metastasis formation in humans and animals.
  • gynecological tumors such as of the uterus or the vagina, ovarian carcinomas, testicle tumors, prostate carcinomas, skin cancer, kidney cancer, bladder tumors, esophagus carcinomas, stomach cancer, rectal carcinomas, pancreas carcinomas, thyroid cancer, adrenal tumors, leukemia and lymphomas
  • Hodgkin's disease tumor illnesses of the CNS, soft-tissue sarcomas, bone sarcomas, benign and malignant mesotheliomas, but especially intestine cancer, liver cancer, breast cancer, bronchial and lung carcinomas, melanomas, acute and chronic leukemias.
  • Benign papillomatosis tumors are also considered for therapy with the named substances.
  • the novel structural class of compounds possesses an independent activity profile in the effectiveness against the various tumor types.
  • tumors which are resistant to customary cytostatic agents, for example, can respond entirely to these substances.
  • combinations of the new compounds with known chemo-therapeutically used pharmaceuticals or other methods of treatment are considered as long as their properties are complimented in a suitable manner.
  • anti-metabolites for example cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, methotrexate
  • alkylating agents for example busulfan, carmnustine, cisplatin, carboplatin, cyclophospharpide, dacarbazine, melphalane, thiotepa
  • DNA-intercalating substances and topoisomerase inhibitors for example actinomycin D, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, mitomycin C, mitoxantrone, etoposide, teniposide, topotecan, irinotecan
  • spindle poisons for example vincristine, navelbin, taxol, taxoter
  • hormonally active agents for example tamoxifen, flutamide, formestan, goserelin
  • other cytostatic agents for example tamoxifen, flutamide, formestan, goserelin
  • Resistant tumor cells can be made sensitive again by interaction of the new compounds with a mechanism of resistance for common cytostatic agents (for example P-glycoprotein, MRP, glutathlione-S-transferase, metallothionein).
  • common cytostatic agents for example P-glycoprotein, MRP, glutathlione-S-transferase, metallothionein.
  • a combination is also applicable with radiation therapy, hyperthermia or immunotherapy, for example.
  • the spleen of a Swiss mouse served as a lymphocyte source.
  • the lymphocyte population was isolated from the spleen cell suspension over a ficoll gradient and taken up in IMEM-ZO culture medium with 0,1% dextran 70,000 and 2% fetal calf serum.
  • the cells were plated at a density of ca. 500,000 cells/well/ml in a 12-well plate, 1 ml doubly concentrated test substance solution was pipetted per well and this was subsequently incubated in a tissue culture incubator at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • IC 50 -values were calculated which were also employed in the following Tables for the characterization of the individual substances: Test Substance No. IC 50 [ ⁇ M] 150 0.0002 153 0.00008 159 0.003 195 0.002 199 0.00004
  • the independent class of the compounds used according to the invention also permits an efficient combination with known immunosuppressive agents such as for example cyclosporin A, tacrolimus, rapamycin, azathioprin and glucocorticoids.
  • immunosuppressive agents such as for example cyclosporin A, tacrolimus, rapamycin, azathioprin and glucocorticoids.
  • the invention is in no way limited to the present respective concretely named active ingredient concentrations, dosages, combinations with one or more other cytostatic agents, tumor inhibitors, cancerostatic agents, immunosuppressive agents or further medicinalncal agents suitable for the respective specific indications or the type of tumor to treated or immunological illness, etc.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen And Oxygen Or Sulfur-Condensed Heterocyclic Ring Systems (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Oxygen Or Sulfur (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

The invention relates to new pyridyl alkane acid amides according to general formula (I) as well as methods for their production, medicaments containing these compounds as well as their medical use, especially in the treatment of tumors or for immunosuppression.

Description

  • The invention relates to new pyridine compounds, methods for their production, medicaments containing these compounds as well as their use, especially in the treatment of tumor conditions and/or as cytostatic agents or as immunosuppressive agents. [0001]
  • A pressing need exists for cytostatic therapy to provide new pharmaceuticals and/or medicaments which not only possess a strong activity, but also exert diminished side effects in comparison to many classical cancerostatic agents, whereby treatment of a broad as possible spectrum of tumors should be made accessible. Furthermore, effective cytostatic agents for an efficient therapy should be made available. Active ingredients of this type should also be exceptionally suitable in the mentioned indications for a combination therapy, be it in connection with other cytostatic agents or with radiation (for example X-rays, radioactive elements, such as cobalt, or linear accelerator, etc.), with operative procedures, heat treatment, etc. [0002]
  • In this connection, a strong heed also exists to enrich tumor therapy with new compounds for overcoming or preventing resistances for example. [0003]
  • This object was successfully solved in a completely suprising manner by making available the pyridyl alkane acid amide derivatives defined below. [0004]
  • It was known that various pyridine compounds substituted in a specific manner have pharmacologically useful properties which lie however in completely different indication areas. [0005]
  • Thus, ω-pyridyl alkane and/or alkene amides with anti-allergic activity are described in EP 0 210 782 which are referred to as having a 5-lipoxygenase-inhibiting and anti-histamine action, wherein the amide components of these compounds contain a piperizine or homopiperizine ring and the pyridine ring can be linked together in the 2-, 3- or 4-position. JP 63,179,869 describes further pyridyl amides, ω-pyridyl alkane and alkene amides as anti-allergic effective substances containing a substituted piperidine ring in the amine component. Such compounds with the same properties are mentioned in Chem. Pharm. Bull 37, 100-105 (1989) and in J. Med. Chem. 1989, 583-593. [0006]
  • Pyridyl ureas, pyridyl thioureas and pyridyl carbonamides, wherein the amide portion is bound over an aryl substituted alkyl chain with a piperidine ring or piprazine ring, are described for example in EP-A-0 428 434 or in EP-A-0 512 902 as antagonists of the neurokinin receptor and subtance P. Furthermore, pyridyl(alkyl)carbonamides, pyridyl(alkyl)sulfonamides and analogous ureas, wherein the amide portion is bound over an alkyl chain with a piperidine ring are disclosed in EP-A-0 479 601 as active ingredients with anti-arrhythmic properties. [0007]
  • In WO 91/15 485, the production of pyridine-3,5-dicarboxylic acid esters and amides as well as their use for the treatment of tumor conditions is described. These compounds differ from the compounds according to the invention described below in very important structural features, for example by the dicarboxyl grouping on the pyridine ring or the absence of the hydrocarbon chain between the pyridine ring and the amide grouping. The compounds disclosed in WO 89/07 443 in the form of optically pure R(−)-Ni-guldipine and further analogous dihydropyridines with cytotoxic activity have larger structural differences. As compared to these known compounds, the compounds according to the invention unexpectedly possess a better activity and a wider spectrum of action despite the large structural differences. [0008]
  • Structurally closely related compounds are represented by the piperidine compounds described in EP-A-0 330 026. However, no 3-pyridyl derivatives were concretely described and no concrete examples were disclosed in this publication, aside from a single compound which is described below. These known compounds are distinguished by an anti-cholinesterase activity, an anti-amnesia activity as well as activities directed against hyperkinesia, senile demensia, mania and Alzheimer's disease. [0009]
  • In view of this art, the finding that the compounds according to the general formula (I) defined below have activities which make them particularly suitable in an excellent manner for the therapy of tumor illnesses was completely unexpected. The pharmacological finding that the compounds according to the invention also possess immunosuppressive properties besides cytostatic activity is to be considered as equally surprising. [0010]
  • Pharmacological test results from which this conclusion must be drawn, as well as the concrete tumor indications and combination possibilities are detailed and illustrated in the last part of the description. [0011]
  • Therefore, subject-matter of the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) [0012]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00001
  • wherein [0013]
  • R[0014] 1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, benzyloxy, aminocarbonyl, carboxy, phenyl, phenoxy, phenylthio, pyridyloxy, pyridylthio,
  • alkyl, especially C[0015] 1-C6-alkyl,
  • alkenyl, especially C[0016] 3-C6-alkenyl,
  • alkinyl, especially C[0017] 3-C6-alkinyl,
  • hydroxyalkyl, especially C[0018] 1-C6-hydroxyalkyl,
  • alkoxy, especially C[0019] 1-C6-alkoxy,
  • alkenyloxy, especially C[0020] 3-C6-alkenyloxy,
  • alkinyloxy, especially C[0021] 3-C6-alkinyloxy,
  • alkanoyloxy, especially C[0022] 1-C7-alkanoyloxy,
  • alkoxycarbonyloxy, especially C[0023] 2-C7-alkoxycarbonyloxy,
  • alkylthio, especially C[0024] 1-C6-alkylthio,
  • alkenylthio, especially C[0025] 3-C6-alkenylthio,
  • alkinylthio, especially C[0026] 3-C6-alkinylthio,
  • cycloalkyl, especially C[0027] 3-C8-cycloalkyl,
  • cycloalkyloxy, especially C[0028] 3-C8-cycloalkyloxy,
  • cycloalkylthio, especially C[0029] 3-C8-cycloalkylthio,
  • alkoxycarbonyl, especially C[0030] 2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl,
  • alkylaminocarbonyl, especially C[0031] 2-C7-alkylaminocarbonyl,
  • dialkylaminocarbonyl, especially C[0032] 3-C13-dialkylaminocarbonyl, or NR5R6, wherein
  • R[0033] 5 and
  • R[0034] 6 are selected independently of each other from hydrogen,
  • alkyl, especially C[0035] 1-C6-alkyl,
  • alkenyl, especially C[0036] 3-C6-alkenyl and
  • alkinyl, especially C[0037] 3-C6-alkinyl,
  • R[0038] 2 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy,
  • alkyl, especially C[0039] 1-C6-alkyl,
  • alkoxy, especially C[0040] 1-C6-alkoxy or
  • alkanoyloxy, especially C[0041] 1-C7-alkanoyloxy,
  • wherein R[0042] 1 and R2, if they are adjacent, optionally form a bridge which is selected from
  • —(CH[0043]   2)4—, —(CH═CH)2— and —CH2O—CR7R8—O—, wherein
  • R[0044] 7 and
  • R[0045] 8 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl,
  • R[0046] 3 is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxyalkyl, especially C1-C6-hdroxyalkyl and
  • R[0047] 4 is hydrogen, hydroxy, benzyloxy,
  • alkyl, especially C[0048] 1-C6-alkyl,
  • alkenyl, especially C[0049] 3-C6-alkenyl,
  • alkinyl, especially C[0050] 3-C6-alkinyl,
  • cycloalkyl, especially C[0051] 3-C6-cycloalkyl or
  • alkoxy, especially C[0052] 1-C6-alkoxy,
  • k is 0 or 1, [0053]
  • A is alkenylene, especially C[0054] 2-C6-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once to three-fold by C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy, C1-C3-alkoxy, fluorine, cyano or phenyl,
  • alkadienylene with at least four C-atoms, especially C[0055] 4-C6-alkadienylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl, fluorine, cyano or phenyl,
  • 1,3,5-hexatrienylene, which is optionally substutited by C[0056] 1-C3-alkyl, fluorine, cyano, or phenyl,
  • ethinylene [0057]
  • D is selected from alkylene, especially C[0058] 1-C10-alkylene, optionally substituted once or twice by alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, or alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy,
  • alkenylene with at least two C-atoms, especially C[0059] 2-C10-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, or alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E,
  • alkinylene with at least three C-atoms, especially C[0060] 3-C10-alkinylene, optionally substituted once or twice by alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy or alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy, and
  • alkylene, especially C[0061] 1-C10-alkylene, alkenylene with at least two C-atoms, especially C2-C10-alkenylene or alkinylene with at least three C-atoms, especially C3-C10-alkinylene, whereby one to three methylene units are each isosterically replaced by O, S, NR9, CO, SO or SO2 wherein
  • R[0062] 9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, alkenyl, especially C3-C6-alkenyl, alkinyl, especially C3-C6-alkinyl, acyl, especially C1-C6-acyl or alkylsulfonyl, especially C1-C6-alkylsulfonyl,
  • E is selected from [0063]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00002
  • wherein the heterocyclic ring can also optionally have a double bond and [0064]
  • n and [0065]
  • p can be, independently of one another, 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p≦4 and [0066]
  • q is 2 or 3, [0067]
  • R[0068] 10 is hydrogen, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, carboxy or alkoxycarbonyl with at least two C-atoms, especially C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl and
  • R[0069] 11 is hydrogen, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl or or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom, wherein
  • R[0070] 10 ant R11 optionally together, form an alkylene bridge with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 C-atoms, especially a C1-C3-alkylene bridge under formation of a bicyclic ring system,
  • G is selected from hydrogen, [0071]
  • G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5, wherein [0072]
  • G1 represents the residue [0073]
  • —(CH2)r—(CR13R14)s—R12  (G1)
  • wherein [0074]  
  • r is an integer from 1 to 3 or 0 and [0075]
  • s is 0 or 1, [0076]
  • R[0077] 12 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, alkenyl with at least three C-atoms, especially C3-C6-alkenyl, alkinyl with at least three C-atoms, especially C3-C6-alkinyl, cycloalkyl with at least three C-atoms, especially C3-C8-cycloalkyl,
  • saturated, five to seven membered heterocycles, which can contain one or two hetero-atoms from the group N and/or S and/or O, [0078]
  • benzyl or phenyl, [0079]
  • monocyclic aromatic five or six-membered heterocycles, which can contain one to three hetero-atoms from the group N and/or S and/or O and are either bound directly or over a methylene group, [0080]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0081]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0082]
  • R[0083] 13 has the same meaning as R12, but is selected independently thereof,
  • R[0084] 14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl, phenyl,
  • monocyclic aromatic five- or six-membered heterocycles, which can contain one to three hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O and are either bound directly or over a methylene group, [0085]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0086]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0087]
  • G2 is the residue [0088]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00003
  • or [0089]  
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00004
  • wherein the substituents R[0090] 12 and R14 can have the above meaning or the grouping
  • —NR12R14
  • can also be a nitrogen heterocycle bound over the nitrogen atom, selected from [0091]
  • saturated or unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O, or [0092]
  • saturated or unsaturated bi- or tricyclic, anellated or bridged heterocycles with 8 to 16 ring atoms, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O, [0093]
  • G3 is the residue [0094]
  • —SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3)
  • and [0095]  
  • G4 is the residue [0096]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00005
  • wherein [0097]  
  • Ar[0098] 1 and Ar2 are selected independently from one another from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl and
  • G5 is the residue [0099]
  • —COR15  (G5)
  • wherein [0100]  
  • R[0101] 15 is selected from trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy, alkenyloxy, especially C3-C6-alkenyloxy, or benzyloxy,
  • wherein any aryl residues and/or aromatic ring systems in the substituents R[0102] 1, R2, R4, R12, R13, R14, R15, Ar1 and Ar2 and/or in the ring system —NR12R14 can be substituted independently from each other by one to three of the same or different residues which are selected from halogen, cyano, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, cycloalkyl, especially C3-C8 cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy, alkoxy, substituted entirely or partially by fluorine, substituted alkoxy especially C1-C6-alkoxy, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, alkylthio, especially C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, especially C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, monoalkylamino, especially mono-C1-C6-alkylamino, dialkylamino, especially di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino and methylenedioxy for two adjacent groups on the aromatic ring or ring system, wherein each of the residues alkyl, alkenyl, alkinyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyloxy, alkinyloxy, alkanoyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylthio, alkenylthio, alkinylthio, alkylene, acyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkenylene, alkinylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl or dialkylaminocarbonyl of the substituents R1 to R13 can have 1 to 2 or 4, 6, 8, 10 or 12 C-atoms and/or 2 or 3 to 5, 7, 9, 11 or 13 and/or 15 C-atoms or 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 C-atoms depending on the structure, as well as
  • stereoisomers and/or mixtures thereof and pharmacologically acceptable [0103]
  • acid addition salts thereof [0104]
  • with the exception of (E)-3-(3-pyridyl)-N-[2-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)ethyl]-2-propenamide hydrochloride. [0105]
  • A preferred embodiment according to the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) [0106]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00006
  • wherein [0107]
  • R[0108] 1 is a hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, C3-C6-alkinyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C1-C6-hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, C3-C6-alkenyloxy, C3-C6-alkinyloxy, benzyloxy, C1-C7-alkanoyloxy, C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyloxy, C1-C6-alkylthio, C3-C6-alkenylthio, C3-C6-alkinylthio, C3-C8-cycloalkyloxy, C3-C8-cycloalkylthio, C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C2-C7-alkylaminocarbonyl, C3-C13-dialkylaminocarbonyl, carboxy, phenyl, phenoxy, phenylthio, pyridyloxy, pyridylthio, or NR5R6, wherein
  • R[0109] 5 and
  • R[0110] 6 are selected independently from each other from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl and C3-C6-alkinyl,
  • R[0111] 2 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, benzyloxy or C1-C7-alkanoyloxy,
  • wherein R[0112] 1 and R2, in case they are adjacent, optionally form a bridge which is selected from the bridge members
  • —(CH[0113]   2)4— and —(CH═CH)2— and —CH2O—CR7R8—O—, wherein
  • R[0114] 7 and
  • R[0115] 8 are, independently from each other, hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl,
  • R[0116] 3 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl or C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl and
  • R[0117] 4 is hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, C3-C6-alkinyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy or benzyloxy,
  • k is 0 or 1, [0118]
  • A is C[0119] 2-C6-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once to three-fold by C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy, C1-C3-alkoxy, fluorine, cyano or phenyl,
  • C[0120] 4-C6-alkadienylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl, fluorine, cyano or phenyl
  • 1,3,5-hexatrienylene, which is optionally substituted by C[0121] 1-C3-alkyl, fluorine, cyano or phenyl as well as
  • ethinylene, [0122]
  • D is selected from C[0123] 1-C10-alkylene, optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, or C1-C6-alkoxy,
  • C[0124] 2-C10-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twich by C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, or C1-C6-alkoxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E,
  • C[0125] 3-C10-alkinylene, optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, or C1-C6-alkoxy, and
  • C[0126] 1-C10-alkylene, C2-C10-alkenylene or C3-C10-alkinylene, wherein one to three methylene units are each isosterically replaced by O, S, NR9, CO, SO or SO2, wherein
  • R[0127] 9 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, C3-C6-alkinyl, C1-C6-acyl or C1-C6-alkylsulfonyl,
  • E is selected from [0128]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00007
  • wherein the heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond and [0129]
  • n and [0130]
  • p can be, independently of each other, 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p≦4 and [0131]
  • q is 2 or 3, [0132]
  • R[0133] 10 is hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, carboxy or C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl and
  • R[0134] 11 hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom, wherein
  • R[0135] 10 and R11 optionally together form a C1-C3-alkylene bridge under formation of a bi-cyclic ring system,
  • G is selected from hydrogen, [0136]
  • G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5, wherein [0137]
  • G1 represents the residue [0138]
  • —(CH2)r—(CR13R14)s—R12  (G1)
  • wherein [0139]  
  • r is an integer from 1 to 3 or 0 and [0140]
  • s is 0 or 1, [0141]
  • R[0142] 12 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, C3-C6-alkinyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl,
  • saturated, five- to seven-membered heterocycles, which can contain one or two hetero-atoms from the group N and/or S and/or O, [0143]
  • benzyl or phenyl, [0144]
  • monocyclic aromatic five or six-membered heterocycles, which can contain one to three hetero-atoms from the group N and/or S and/or O and are either bound directly or over a methylene group, [0145]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0146]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic ring or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0147]
  • R[0148] 13 has the same meaning as R12, but is selected independently thereof,
  • R[0149] 14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl, phenyl,
  • monocyclic aromatic five- or six-membered heterocycles, which can contain one to three hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O and are either bound directly or over a methylene group, [0150]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0151]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic ring or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0152]
  • G2 is the residue [0153]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00008
  • or [0154]  
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00009
  • wherein the substituents R[0155] 12 and R14 can have the above meaning or the grouping
  • —NR12R14
  • can also be a nitrogen heterocycle bound over the nitrogen atom, selected from [0156]
  • saturated or unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O, or [0157]
  • saturated or unsaturated bi- or tricyclic, anellated or bridged heterocycles with 8 to 16 ring atoms, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O, [0158]
  • G3 is the residue [0159]
  • —SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3)
  • and [0160]  
  • G4 is the residue [0161]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00010
  • wherein [0162]  
  • Ar[0163] 1 and Ar2 are selected independently from one another from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl and
  • G5 is the residue [0164]
  • —COR15  (G5)
  • wherein [0165]  
  • R[0166] 15 is selected from trifluoromethyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, C3-C6-alkenyloxy, or benzyloxy, and wherein
  • aromatic ring systems in the substituents R[0167] 1, R2, R4, R12, R13, R14, R15 Ar1 and Ar2 and/or in the ring system —NR12R14 can be substituted independently from each other by one to three of the same or different residues which are selected from halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C9-Cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, which can optionally be entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C1-C6-alkylamino or di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino and methylenedioxy for two adjacent groups on the aromatic ring or ring system,
  • stereoisomers thereof and/or mixtures thereof and pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts [0168]
  • with the exception of (E)-3-(3-pyridyl)-N-[2-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)ethyl]-2-propenamide hydrochloride. [0169]
  • A further preferred embodiment of the invention constitutes compounds of the invention, which are distinguished in that substituents R[0170] 1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R12, R13, R14 and R15 as well as A and D labelled therein have the following meaning in connection with the given substitutions according to this formula
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00011
  • wherein [0171]
  • halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine, [0172]
  • C[0173] 1-C6-alkyl can be straight chain or branched and is preferably a methyl-, ethyl-, propyl-, isopropyl-, butyl-, isobutyl-, sec-butyl-, tert-butyl-, cyclopropylmethyl-, pentyl-, isopentyl-, tert-pentyl-, neopentyl-, cyclopropylethyl-, cyclobutylmethyl- or a hexyl group,
  • alkylene is for example methylene, ethylene, propylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, heptamethylene, octamethylene, nonamethylene or decamethylene, [0174]
  • C[0175] 3-C6-alkenyl can be straight chain or branched and is preferably an allyl-, 2-butenyl-, 3-butenyl-, 2-methyl-2-propenyl-, 2-pentenyl-, 4-pentenyl-, 2-methyl-2-butenyl-, 3-methyl-2-butenyl-, 2-hexenyl-, 5-hexenyl-, 4-methyl-3-pentenyl- or 2,2-dimethyl-3-butenyl group,
  • alkenylene is for example ethenylene, propenylene, butenylene, pentenylene, hexenylene, hexathenylene, heptenylene, octenylene, nonenylene or decenylene, [0176]
  • C[0177] 3-C6-alkinyl can be straight chain or branched and is preferably a propargyl-, 2-butinyl-, 3-butinyl-, 4-pentinyl, 5-hexinyl- or 4-methyl-2-pentinyl group,
  • alkinylene is for example propinylene, butinylene, pentinylene, hexinylene, heptinylene, octinylene, noninylene or decinylene, [0178]
  • C[0179] 3-C8-cycloalkyl is preferably cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl,
  • C[0180] 1-C6-hydroxyalkyl contains a hydroxyl group in one of the above-named C1-C6-alkyl residues, especially in the form of the hydroxymethyl- and hydroxyethyl group, wherein
  • C[0181] 1-C6-alkoxy, C3-C6-alkenyloxy, C3-C6-alkinyloxy each contain, aside from the oxygen atom, one of the C1-C6-alkyl-, C3-C6-alkenyl- and/or C3-C6-alkinyl groups named above and the methoxy-, ethoxy-, isopropoxy-, tert-butoxy-, allyloxy- and propargyloxy group are preferred and is to be understood as among C1-C6-alkoxy entirely or partially substituted with fluorine, for example difluormethoxy, trifluormethoxy or 2,2,2-trifluorethoxy,
  • C[0182] 1-C6-alkylthio, C3-C6-alkenylthio, C3-C6-alkinylthio each contain, aside from the sulfur atom, one of the C1-C6-alkyl-, C3-C6-alkenyl- or C3-C6-alkinyl group named above, especially the methylthio-, ethylthio-, isopropylthio- and tert-butylthio groups,
  • C[0183] 3-C8-cycloalkyloxy and C3-C8-cycloalkylthio are preferred as cyclopentyloxy- and cyclopentylthio- and/or cylohexyloxy- and cyclohexylthio groups,
  • C[0184] 1-C7-alkanoyloxy groups contain, aside from the oxygen atom, an aliphatic acyl residue with 1 to 7 carbon atoms, especially the acetoxy-, propionyloxy- and pivaloyloxy group,
  • C[0185] 2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl groups contain, aside from the carbonyl group, one of the C1-C6-alkoxy groups mentioned above, especially the methoxycarbonyl-, ethoxycarbonyl-, isopropoxycarbonyl-, isobutoxycarbonyl-and tert-butoxycarbonyl group,
  • C[0186] 2-C7-alkoxycarbonyloxy groups contain, aside from the oxygen atom, one of the C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl residues mentioned above, especially the methoxycarbonyloxy-, ethoxycarbonyloxy-, isopropoxycarbonyloxy-, isobutoxycarbonyloxy-and tertbutoxycarbonyl group as well as the allyloxycarbonyloxy group,
  • C[0187] 2-C7-alkylaminocarbonyl and C3-C13-dialkylaminocarbonyl groups contain, beside the carbonyl group, an alkylamino- and/or dialkylamino residue, whose C1-C6-alkyl groups have the above meanings, wherein the dimethylaminocarbonyl-, diethylaminocarbonyl- and the diisopropylaminocarbonyl groups are preferred, and aside from the unsubstituted amino group, one of the following C1-C6-alkylamino groups and/or di-(C1-C6-alkyl)amino groups are to be understood under the amino groups of the formula NR5R6,
  • C[0188] 1-C6-alkylamino contains one of the C1-C6-alkyl groups mentioned above, especially in form of the methylamino-, ethylamino-, propylamino-, isopropylamino-, butylamino- and the tert-butylamino group,
  • di-(C[0189] 1-C6-alkyl)amino carries two of the same or different of the above named C1-C6-alkyl groups on the nitrogen atom, especially in form of the dimethylamino-, diethylamino-, dipropylamino-, diisopropylamino-, isopropylmethylamino-, dibutylamino- or tert-butylmethylamino group,
  • C[0190] 1-C6-acyl is the residue of an aliphatic saturated or unsaturated, straight chain, branched or cyclic carboxylic acid, especially in form of the formyl-, acetyl-, propionyl-, acryloyl-, butyryl-, isobutyryl-, methacryloyl-, cyclopropylcarbonyl-, pentanoyl-, pivaloyl-, cyclobutylcarbonyl-, hexanoyl- and the dimethylacryloyl group,
  • C[0191] 1-C6-alkansulfonyl is preferably the methanesulfonyl-, ethanesulfonyl-, propanesulfonyl-, butanesulfonyl-, pentanesulfonyl- and the hexanesulfonyl group,
  • saturated five- to seven-membered heterocycles with one or two hetero-atoms are especially tetrahydroaryl, tetrahydrothienyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, piperidinyl, hexahydroazepinyl, piperazinyl, hexahydrodiazepinyl or morpholinyl, [0192]
  • monocyclic aromatic five- or six-membered heterocycles with one to three hetero-atoms are especially furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl or triazinyl, [0193]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclc ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring are preferably benzocyclobutyl, indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, biphenylenyl, fluorenyl, anthryl, dihydroanthryl, phenanthryl, dihydrophenanthryl, dibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocyclooctenyl or tetrahydrodibenzocyclooctenyl, wherein mono- or dioxo-derivates, wherein the residues of indanone, tetralone, anthrone, anthraquinone, fluorenone, phenanthrone, dibenzocycloheptenone, dihydrodibenzocycloheptenone or tetrahydrodibenzocyclooctenone are for example also to be understood as partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems, [0194]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclische aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring are, for example, imidazothiazolyl, benzofuryl, dihydrobenzofuryl, benzothienyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolopyridyl, thiazolopyridyl, isothiazolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, pyrazolopyridyl, thienopyrimidinyl, chromanyl, benzopyranyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, dihydroquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, benzodioxanyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, naphthyridinyl, carbazolyl, tetrahydrocarbazolyl, pyridoindolyl, acridinyl, phenothiazinyl, dihydrodibenzoxepinyl, benzocycloheptathienyl, dihydrothienobenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiepinyl, octahydrodibenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzazepinyl, octahydrodibenzazepinyl, benzocycloheptapyridyl, dihydropyridobenzodiazepinyl, dihydrodibenzoxazepinyl, dihydropyridobenzoxepinyl, dihydropyridobenzoxazepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiazepinyl or dihydropyridobenzothiazepinyl, wherein their mono- or dioxo-derivates and/or optionally their possible tautomeres are also to be understood as partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems, for example, the residues of indolinone, isatin, benzoxazolone and/or its tautomeres hydroxybenzoxazol, of benzisoxazolone, benzothiazolone, benzoisothiazolone and benzimidazolone and/or their tautomeres, hydroxybenzisoxazol, hydroxybenzothiazol, hydroxybenzoisothiazol and (10H)-phenothiazine, (5H)-dibenzazepine, (5H)-dihydrodibenzazepine, (5H)-octahydrodibenzazepine, (5H)-dihydrodibenzodiazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]oxazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]thiazepine, (10H)-dihydro-dibenzo[b,f]oxazepine, (10H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,f]thiazepine or (5H)-tetrahydrodibenzazocine, as well as typical [0195]
  • tautomeres in the case of substitution of the heterocycle as such or in an anellated ring system by free hydroxy-, mercapto- and/or amino groups, and [0196]
  • stereoisomers such as, if applicable, cis/trans-isomers, endo/exo-isomers, optic isomers such as enantiomers, diastereomers as pure isomers or mixtures and/or racemic mixtures as well as the pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts with inorganic or organic acids, wherein the hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, sulfates and phosphates, are preferred as addition salts with suitable inorganic acids and acetates, benzoates, citrates, fumarates, gluconates, malates, maleates, methanesulfonates, lactates, oxalates, succinates, tartrates and tosylates are preferred as addition salts of organic acids. [0197]
  • Compounds in which the substitutents labelled in formula (I) [0198]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00012
  • have the following meanings, are especially preferred: [0199]
  • R[0200] 1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C1-C4-hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C4-alkoxy, benzyloxy, C1-C4-alkanoyloxy, hydroxybenzimidazol, of indazolinone, of oxazolopyridinone, thiazolopyridinones, pyrazolopyridinones and imidazopyridinones and/or their tautomeres hydroxyoxazolopyridine, hydroxythiazolopyridines, hydroxypyrazolopyridines and hydroxyimidazopyridines, the residues of chromanone, chromone, quinolinone, di-hydroquinolinone, tetrahydrocarbazolone, acridone, of dihydrodibenzoxepinones, benzocycloheptathiophenones, dihydrothienobenzothiepinones, dihydrodibenzothiepinones, dihydrodibenzoazepinones, benzocycloheptapyridinones, dihydropyridobenzoxazepinones, dihydrodibenzothiazepinones and of dihydropyridobenzothiazepinones,
  • saturated and unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles represent —NR[0201] 12R14 as a grouping which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from N and/or S and/or O, for example azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, (1H)tetrahydropyridine, hexahydroazepine, (1H)tetrahydroazepine, octahydroazocine, pyrazolidine, piperazine, hexahydrodiazepine, morpholine, hexahydrooxazepine, thiomorpholine or thiomorpholine-1,1-dioxide,
  • saturated or unsaturated bi- or tricyclic, anellated or bridged heterocycles with 8 to 16 ring atoms, represent —NR[0202] 12R14 as a grouping which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms, selected from N and/or S and/or O, for example 5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hexane, 2-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 7-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 9-aza-bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, indoline, isoindoline, (1H)-dihydroquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoline, (2H)-tetrahydroisoquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoxaline, (4H)-dihydrobenzoxazine, (4H)-dihydrobenothiazine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[c]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[d]azepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]oxazepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiazepine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indol, (10H)-dihydroacridine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridanone, (10H)-phenoxazin, C1-C4-alkylthio, C2-C5-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C3-C9-dialkylaminocarbonyl, carboxy, phenyl, phenoxy, pyridyloxy or NR5R6, wherein
  • R[0203] 5 and
  • R[0204] 6 are selected independently from each other form hydrogen and C1-C6-alkyl,
  • R[0205] 2 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy, wherein
  • R[0206] 1 and R2, in the case they are adjacent, optionally form a bridge which are selected from the group of bridge members —(CH2)4— and —(CH═CH)2— and —CH2O—CR7R8—O—, wherein
  • R[0207] 7 and
  • R[0208] 8 can be, independently from each other, hydrogen and C1-C6-alkyl,
  • R[0209] 3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and C1-C6-alkyl and
  • R[0210] 4 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy and benzyloxy,
  • k is 0 or 1, [0211]
  • A is C[0212] 2-C6-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted one to three-fold by C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy, fluorine, cyano, or phenyl,
  • C[0213] 4-C6-alkadienylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl, fluorine, cyano, or phenyl,
  • 1,3,5-hexatrienylene, which is optionally substituted by C[0214] 1-C3-alkyl, fluorine, or cyano, as well as
  • ethinylene [0215]
  • D is selected from C[0216] 1-C10-alkylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl or hydroxy,
  • C[0217] 2-C10-alkenylene, optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl or hydroxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E or
  • C[0218] 3-C10-alkinylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl or hydroxy, and can be selected as well from
  • C[0219] 1-C10-alkylene, C2-C10-alkenylene or C3-C10-alkinylene, in which one to three methylene units are isosterically replaced by O, S, NR9, CO, SO or SO2, wherein
  • R[0220] 9 is hydrogen, C1-C3-alkyl, C1-C6-acyl or methanesulfonyl,
  • E is [0221]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00013
  • wherein the heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond and [0222]
  • n and p can be, independent of each other, 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p≦4, [0223]
  • q is 2 or 3, [0224]
  • R[0225] 10 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, carbon, or C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl and
  • R[0226] 11 is selected from hydrogen or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom,
  • G is selected from hydrogen, [0227]
  • G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5, wherein [0228]
  • G1 represents the residue ——(CH[0229] 2)r—(CR13R14)sR12  (G1)
  • wherein [0230]  
  • r is 0, 1 or 2 and [0231]
  • s is 0 or 1, [0232]
  • R[0233] 12 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, C3-C6-alkinyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl,
  • benzyl, phenyl, [0234]
  • monocyclic aromatic five- or six-membered heterocycles, which contain one to three hetero-atoms from the group N and/or S and/or O and are either bound directly or over a methylene group, [0235]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, whereby the bond can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0236]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from the groups N and/or S and/or O and the bond can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0237]
  • R[0238] 13 has the same meaning as R12, but is selected independently thereof,
  • R[0239] 14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
  • monocyclic aromatic five- or six-membered heterocycles, which can contain one to three hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O and are bound either directly or over a methylene group, [0240]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least einem aromatic ring, wherein the bond can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0241]
  • anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from the group N and/or S and/or O and the bond can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group, [0242]
  • G2 is selected from the residues [0243]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00014
  • and [0244]  
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00015
  • wherein the substituents R[0245]   12 and R14 the can have the above meaning, or the grouping
  • —NR12R14
  • can also be a nitrogen heterocycle bound over the nitrogen atom, selected from [0246]
  • saturated or unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from N and/or S and/or O, or [0247]
  • saturated or unsaturated bi- or tricyclic, anellated or bridged heterocycles with 8 to 16 ring atoms, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from N and/or S and/or O, [0248]
  • G3 is the residue [0249]
  • —SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3),
  • G4 is the residue [0250]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00016
  • wherein [0251]  
  • Ar[0252] 1 and
  • Ar[0253] 2 are selected independently of each other from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl,
  • G5 is the residue [0254]
  • —COR15  (G5)
  • wherein [0255]  
  • R[0256] 15 is trifluoromethyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, C3-C6-alkenyloxy or benzyloxy and
  • aromatic ring systems in which the substituents R[0257] 1, R2, R4, R12, R13, R14 R15, Ar1 and Ar2 and/or in the ring system —NR12R14 can carry independently of each other one to three of the same or different substituents from the series halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, which can be optionally entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C1-C6-alkylamino, di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino, wherein two adjacent groups on the aromatic ring or ring system can form an additional ring over a methylenedioxy bridge.
  • Compounds in which the substiutents labelled in formula (I) [0258]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00017
  • have the following meanings are particularly preferred: [0259]
  • R[0260] 1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, C1-C4-alkoxy, ethylthio, methoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxy, and phenoxy,
  • R[0261] 2 is hydrogen, halogen, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy,
  • R[0262] 3 is hydrogen or halogen,
  • R[0263] 4 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy and C1-C3-alkoxy,
  • k is 0 or 1, [0264]
  • A is C[0265] 2-C6-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy or fluorine, or
  • C[0266] 4-C6-alkadienylene, which is optionally substituted by is C1-C3-alkyl or by 1 or 2 fluorine atoms, or
  • 1,3,5-hexatrienylene, which is optionally substituted by fluorine, as well as [0267]
  • D is C[0268] 1-C8-alkylene, which is optionally substituted once twice by methyl or hydroxy,
  • C[0269] 2-C8-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by methyl or hydroxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E,
  • C[0270] 3-C8-alkinylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by methyl or hydroxy, as well as
  • C[0271] 1-C8-alkylene, C2-C8-alkenylene or C3-C8-alkinylene, in which one to three methylene units can be isosterically replaced by O, S, NH, N(CH3), N(COCH3), N(SO2CH3), CO, SO or SO2,
  • E is [0272]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00018
  • wherein the heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond and [0273]  
  • n and [0274]
  • p can be independent of each other 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p≦3, [0275]
  • q is 2 or 3, [0276]
  • R[0277] 10 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl and
  • R[0278] 11 is selected from hydrogen or an oxo group which is adjacent to the nitrogen atom,
  • G is hydrogen or [0279]
  • G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5, wherein [0280]
  • G1 represents the residue [0281]
  • —(CH2)r—(CR13R14)s—R12  (G1)
  • wherein [0282]  
  • is 0, 1 or 2 and [0283]
  • s is 0 or 1, [0284]
  • R[0285] 12 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, benzyl or phenyl,
  • benzocyclobutyl, indanyl, indenyl, oxoindanyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, oxotetrahydronaphthyl, biphenylenyl, fluorenyl, oxofluorenyl, anthryl, dihydroanthryl, oxodihydroanthryl, dioxodihydroanthryl, phenanthryl, dihydrophenanthryl, oxodihydrophenanthryl, dibenzocycloheptenyl, oxodibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl, oxodihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocyclooctenyl, tetrahydrodibenzocyclooctenyl and oxotetrahydrodibenzocyclooctenyl, bound directly or over a methylene group, furl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, imidazothiazolyl, benzofuryl, dihydrobenzofuryl, benzothienyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, oxoindolinyl, dioxoindolinyl, benzoxazolyl, oxobenzoxazolinyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxobenzisoxazolinyl, benzothiazolyl, oxobenzthiazolinyl, benzoisothiazolyl, oxobenzoisothiazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, oxobenzimidazolinyl, indazolyl, oxoindazolinyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolopyridyl, oxodihydrooxazolopyridyl, thiazolopyridyl, oxodihydrothiazolopyridyl, isothiazolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, oxodihydroimidazopyridyl, pyrazolopyridyl, oxodihydropyrazolopyridyl, thienopyrimidinyl, chromanyl, chromanonyl, benzopyranyl, chromonyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, dihydroquinolyl, oxodihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, oxotetrahydroquinolinyl, benzodioxanyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, naphthyridinyl, carbazolyl, tetrahydrocarbazolyl, oxotetrahydrocarbazolyl, pyridoindolyl, acridinyl, oxodihydroacridinyl, phenothiazinyl, dihydrodibenzoxepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzoxepinyl, benzocycloheptathienyl, oxobenzocycloheptathienyl, dihydrothienobenzothiepinyl, oxodihydrothienobenzothiepinyl dihydrodibenzothiepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzothiepinyl, octahydrodibenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzazepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzazepinyl, octahydrodibenzazepinyl, benzocycloheptapyridyl, oxobenzocycloheptapyridyl, dihydropyridobenzodiazepinyl, dihydrodibenzoxazepinyl, dihydropyridobenzoxepinyl, dihydropyridobenzoxazepinyl, oxodihydropyridobenzoxazepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiazepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzothiazepinyl, dihydropyridobenzothiazepinyl, oxodihydropyridobenzothiazepinyl, bound directly or over a methylene group, [0286]
  • R[0287] 13 has the same meaning as R12, but is selected independently therefrom,
  • R[0288] 14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
  • indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, chromanyl, quinolyl or tetrahydroquinolyl bound directly or over a methylene group, [0289]
  • G2 is selected from the residues [0290]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00019
  • and [0291]  
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00020
  • wherein the substituents R[0292]   12 and R14 can have the above meanings, or represents the grouping
  • —NR12R14
  • over the nitrogen-bound ring atom of azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, (1H)tetrahydropyridine, hexahydroazepine, (1H)tetrahydroazepine, octahydroazocine, pyrazolidine, piperazine, hexyhydrodiazepine, morpholine, hexahydrooxazepine, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine-1,1-dioxide, 5-aza-bicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, 2-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 7-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 8-aza-bicyco[3.2.1]octane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 9-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, indoline, isoindoline, (1H)-dihydroquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoline, (2H)-tetrahydroisoquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoxaline, (4H)-dihydrobenzoxazine, (4H)-dihydrobenzothiazine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[c]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[d]azepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]oxazepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiazepine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole, (10H)-dihydroacridine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridanone, (10H)-phenoxazine, (10H)-phenothiazine, (5H)-dibenzazepine, (5H)-dihydrodibenzazepine, (5H)-Octahydrodibenzazepine, (5H)-dihydrodibenzodiazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]oxazepine, (11H)-dihydro-dibenzo[b,e]thiazepine, (10H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,f]oxazepine, (10H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,f]thiazepine or (5H)-tetrahydrodibenzazocine, [0293]
  • G3 is the residue [0294]
  • —SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3),
  • G4 is the residue [0295]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00021
  • wherein [0296]  
  • Ar[0297] 1 and
  • Ar[0298] 2 are selected independently of each other from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl,
  • G5 is the residue [0299]
  • —COR15  (G5)
  • wherein [0300]  
  • R[0301] 15 is trifluoromethyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, C3-C6-alkenyloxy or benzyloxy and
  • aromatic ring systems in which the substituents can be substituted independently of each other by one to three of the same or different substituents from the series halogen, cyano, C[0302] 1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-Cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, which can be entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, can carry benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C1-C6-alkylamino, di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino, wherein two adjacent groups can form an additional ring with a methylenedioxy bridge.
  • A further preferred embodiment of the invention is in compounds which are distinguished in that the labelled substituents in formula (I) [0303]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00022
  • have the following meaning: [0304]
  • R[0305] 1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, methoxy or methoxycarbonyl,
  • R[0306] 2 is hydrogen or halogen,
  • R[0307] 3 is hydrogen,
  • R[0308] 4 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C3-alkyl or hydroxy,
  • k is 0 or 1, [0309]
  • A is selected from C[0310] 2-C6-alkylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by hydroxy or fluorine, or
  • C[0311] 2-C6-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by hydroxy or fluorine,
  • C[0312] 4-C6-alkadienylene, which is optionally substituted by 1 or 2 fluorine atoms, or
  • 1,3,5-hexatrienylene, [0313]
  • D is C[0314] 2-C8-alkylene, which is optionally substituted by methyl or hydroxy,
  • C[0315] 2-C8-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted by methyl or hydroxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E, or
  • C[0316] 2-C8-alkylene, C2-C8-alkenylene, wherein one to three methylene units can be isosterically replaced by O, NH, —N(CH3), N(COCH3), N(SO2CH3) or CO,
  • E is selected from the residues [0317]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00023
  • wherein the heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond and [0318]  
  • n and p can be, independent of each other, 0, 1, 2 or 3 with the proviso that n+p≦3 and [0319]
  • q is 2 [0320]
  • R[0321] 10 is hydrogen, methyl or hydro %yl and
  • R[0322] 11 is hydrogen or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom,
  • G is selected from hydrogen, C[0323] 3-C8-cycloalkyl, methoxycarbonyl, tertbutoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, trifluoroacetyl, diphenylphosphinoyl or the residues
  • —(CH2)r—(CR13R14)s—R12  (G1)
  • and [0324]  
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00024
  • and [0325]  
  • —SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3)
  • wherein [0326]  
  • r is 0, 1 or 2 and [0327]
  • s is 0 or 1, [0328]
  • R[0329] 12 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
  • indanyl, indenyl, oxoindanyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, oxotetrahydronaphthyl, fluorenyl, oxofluorenyl, anthryl, dihydroanthryl, oxodihydroanthryl, dioxodihydroanthryl, dibenzocycloheptenyl, oxodibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl, oxodihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl bound directly or over a methylene group, [0330]
  • furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazothiazolyl, benzofuryl, dihydrobenzofuryl, benzothienyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, oxoindolinyl, dioxoindolinyl, benzoxazolyl, oxobenzoxazolinyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxobenzisoxazolinyl, benzothiazolyl, oxobenzthiazolinyl, benzoisothiazolyl, oxobenzoisothiazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, oxobenzimidazolinyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolopyridyl, oxodihydrooxazolopyridyl, thiazolopyridyl, oxodihydrothiazolopyridyl, isothiazolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, oxodihydroimidazopyridyl, pyrazolopyridyl, thienopyrimidinyl, chromanyl, chromanonyl, benzopyranyl, chromonyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, dihydroquinolyl, oxodihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, oxotetrahydroquinolinyl, benzodioxanyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, naphthyridinyl, carbazolyl, tetrahydrocarbazolyl, oxotetrahydrocarbazolyl, pyridoindolyl, acridinyl, oxodihydroacridinyl, phenothiazinyl, dihydrodibenzoxepinyl, benzocycloheptathienyl, oxobenzocycloheptathienyl, dihydrothienobenzothiepinyl, oxodihydrothienobenzothiepinyl dihydrodibenzothiepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzazepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzazepinyl, octahydrodibenzazepinyl, benzocycloheptapyridyl, oxobenzocycloheptapyridyl, dihydropyridobenzoxepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiazepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzothiazepinyl bound directly or over a methylene group, [0331]
  • R[0332] 13 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
  • R[0333] 14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl, phenyl,
  • naphthyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, chromanyl, quinolyl or tetrahydroquinolyl, bound directly or over a methylene group, wherein in formula (I) [0334]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00025
  • —NR[0335] 12R14 can also be selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, (1H)tetrahydropyridine, hexahydroazepine, Octahydroazocine, piperazine, hexahydrodiazepine, morpholine, hexahydrooxazepine, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, indoline, isoindoline, (1H)-dihydroquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoline, (2H)-tetrahydroisoquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoxaline, (4H)-dihydrobenzoxazine, (4H)-dihydrobenzothiazine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[d]azepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]oxazepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiazepine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indol, (10H)-dihydroacridine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridanone, (5H)-dihydrodibenzazepine, (5H)-dihydrodibenzodiazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]oxazepine, (11H) dihydrodibenzo[b,e]thiazepine, (10H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,f]oxaze-pine or (5H)-tetrahydrodibenzazocine.
  • Compounds in which the labelled substituents in formula (I) [0336]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00026
  • have the following meanings are very particularly preferred: [0337]
  • R[0338] 1 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy,
  • R[0339] 2 and
  • R[0340] 3 are hydrogen,
  • R[0341] 4 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
  • k is 0 or 1, [0342]
  • A is selected from C[0343] 2-C4-alkylene, which is optionally substituted by fluorine,
  • D is selected from C[0344] 2-C6-alkylene, C2-C6-alkenylene, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E, and C2-C6-alkylene and C2-C6-alkenylene, wherein a methylene unit can be isosterically replaced by O, NH, N(CH3) or CO or an ethylene group can be isosterically replaced by NH—CO and/or CO—NH or a propylene group can be isosterically replaced by NH—CO—O and/or O—CO—NH,
  • E is selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, 1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine, hexahydroazepine, morpholine and hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine, wherein the heterocyclic ring optionally adjacent to the nitrogen atom, can be substituted by an oxo group, [0345]
  • G is selected from hydrogen, tert-butoxycarbonyl, diphenylphosphinoyl, or one of the residues [0346]
  • —(CH2)r—(CR13R14)sR12  (G1)
  • and [0347]  
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00027
  • and [0348]  
  • —SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3)
  • wherein [0349]  
  • r is 0 or 1 and [0350]
  • s is 0 or 1, [0351]
  • R[0352] 12 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
  • indenyl, oxoindanyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, fluorenyl, oxofluorenyl, anthryl, dihydroanthryl, oxodihydroanthryl, dioxodihydroanthryl, dibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl bound directly or over a methylene group, [0353]
  • furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazothiazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indolyl, oxoindolinyl, dioxoindolinyl, benzoxazolyl, oxobenzoxazolinyl, benzothiazolyl, oxobenzthiazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, oxobenzimidazolinyl, benzofurazanyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolopyridyl, oxodihydrooxazolopyridyl, thiazolopyridyl, oxodihydrothiazolopyridyl, chromanyl, chromanonyl, benzopyranyl, chromonyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, oxodihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, oxotetrahydroquinolinyl, benzodioxanyl, quinazolinyl, acridinyl, oxodihydroacridinyl, phenothiazinyl, dihydrodibenzoxepinyl, benzocycloheptathienyl, dihydrothienobenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzazepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzazepinyl, octahydrodibenzazepinyl, benzocycloheptapyridyl, oxobenzocycloheptapyridyl, dihydrodibenzothiazepinyl bound directly or over a methylene group, [0354]
  • R[0355] 13 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
  • R[0356] 14 is hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
  • naphthyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, chromanyl, quinolyl or tetrahydroquinolyl bound directly or over a methylene group, wherein in the formula [0357]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00028
  • —NR[0358] 12R14 can be selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, hexahydroazepine, morpholine, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, indoline, isoindoline, (1H)-dihydroquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoline, (2H)-tetrahydroisoquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[d] azepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]oxazepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobcnzo[b]thiazepine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridanone, (5H)-dihydrodibenzazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]-oxazepine or (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]thiazepine and wherein aromatic ring systems in the substituents can be substituted, independently of each other, by one to three of the same or different substituents from the series halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, which can be entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, can carry benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C1-C6-alkylamino or di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino, whereby two adjacent groups on the aromatic ring or ring system can form an additional ring over a methylenedioxy bridge.
  • Compounds are especially preferred which distinguish themselves in that the labelled substituents in formula (I) [0359]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00029
  • have the following meanings: [0360]
  • R[0361] 1 is hydrogen, fluorine, methyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy,
  • R[0362] 2 and
  • R[0363] 3 are hydrogen,
  • R[0364] 4 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
  • k is 0, [0365]
  • A is ethenylene (vinylene) or 1,3-butadienylene, [0366]
  • D is selected from C[0367] 2-C6-alkylene or C2-C6-alkenylene, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E,
  • E is selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, hexahydroazepine or morpholine, [0368]
  • G is selected from benzyl, phenethyl, fluorenylmethyl, anthrylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, fluorenyl or dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl, [0369]
  • furylmethyl, thienylmethyl, thiazolylmethyl, pyridylmethyl, benzothienylmethyl, quinolylmethyl, phenyl-thienylmethyl, phenyl-pyridylmethyl, dihydrodibenzoxepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiepinyl, [0370]
  • acetyl, pivaloyl, phenylacetyl, diphenylacetyl, diphenylpropionyl, naphthylacetyl, benzoyl, naphthoyl, anthrylcarbonyl, oxofluorenylcarbonyl, oxodihydroanthrylcarbonyl or dioxodihydroanthrylcarbonyl, [0371]
  • furoyl, pyridylcarbonyl, chromonylcarbonyl, quinolylcarbonyl, [0372]
  • naphthylaminocarbonyl, dibenzylaminocarbonyl, benzylphenylaminocarbonyl, diphenylaminocarbonyl, indolinyl-1-carbonyl, dihydrodibenzazepin-N-carbonyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl-N-carbonyl, tetrahydrobenzo[b]azepinyl-N-carbonyl, [0373]
  • methanesulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl, quinolinsulfonyl and [0374]
  • diphenylphosphinoyl, [0375]
  • wherein aromatic ring systems can be substituted independently of each other by one to three of the same or different substituents from the series halogen, cyano, C[0376] 1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, which can be entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C1-C6-alkylamino or di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino, wherein two adjacent groups in the ring or ring system can form an additional ring over a methylendioxy bridge.
  • A series of exemplary compounds with the respective substituent definitions are listed in the following Table 1 for illustration of the invention without restricting the scope of the compounds according to the invention. [0377]
    TABLE 1
    Exemplifying compounds of formula (I) according to the invention
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00030
    Nr R1 k A R4 D—E—G
    1 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00031
    2 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00032
    3 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00033
    4 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00034
    5 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00035
    6 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00036
    7 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00037
    8 H 0 CH═CH(CH2)2 H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00038
    9 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00039
    10 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00040
    11 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00041
    12 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00042
    13 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00043
    14 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00044
    15 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00045
    16 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00046
    17 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00047
    18 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00048
    19 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00049
    20 H 0 CH═CH(CH2)2 H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00050
    21 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00051
    22 H 0
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00052
         		H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00053
    23 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00054
    24 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00055
    25 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00056
    26 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00057
    27 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00058
    28 H 0 CH═CH h
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00059
    29 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00060
    30 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00061
    31 H 1 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00062
    32 H 0 CH═CH OH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00063
    33 H 0
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00064
         		H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00065
    34 H 0 C≡C H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00066
    35 H 0 CH═CH(CH2)2 H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00067
    36 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00068
    37 2-F 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00069
    38 H 0 (CH═CH)3 H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00070
    39 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00071
    40 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00072
    41 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00073
    42 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00074
    43 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00075
    44 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00076
    45 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00077
    46 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00078
    47 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00079
    48 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00080
    49 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00081
    50 H 0 C≡C H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00082
    51 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00083
    52 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00084
    53 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00085
    54 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00086
    55 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00087
    56 H 1 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00088
    57 H 0 CH═CH(CH2)2 H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00089
    58 H 0 CH═CHCH2CHF H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00090
    59 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00091
    60 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00092
    61 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00093
    62 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00094
    63 H 1 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00095
    64 H 0 CH═CH OH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00096
    65 H 0
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00097
         		H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00098
    66 H 0 C≡C H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00099
    67 H 0 CH═CH(CH2)2 H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00100
    68 H 0
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00101
         		H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00102
    69 H 0 (CH2)2CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00103
    70 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00104
    71 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH CH3
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00105
    72 2-F 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00106
    73 2-F 0 CH═CH—CH═CH OH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00107
    74 4-F 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00108
    75 5-F 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00109
    76 6-F 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00110
    77 2-Cl 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00111
    78 6-CH3 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00112
    79 2-OH 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00113
    80 H 0 (CH═CH)3 H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00114
    81 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00115
    82 2-F 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00116
    83 5-F 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00117
    84 6-CH3O 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00118
    85 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00119
    86 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00120
    87 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00121
    88 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00122
    89 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00123
    90 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00124
    91 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00125
    92 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00126
    93 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00127
    94 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00128
    95 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00129
    96 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00130
    97 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00131
    98 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00132
    99 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00133
    100 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00134
    101 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00135
    102 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00136
    103 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00137
    104 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00138
    105 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00139
    106 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00140
    107 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00141
    108 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00142
    109 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00143
    110 H 0 C≡C H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00144
    111 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00145
    112 H 0 C≡C H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00146
    113 H 0 (CH2)2CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00147
    114 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00148
    115 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00149
    116 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00150
    117 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00151
    118 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00152
    119 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00153
    120 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00154
    121 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00155
    122 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00156
    123 H 0 CH—CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00157
    124 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00158
    125 H 0
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00159
         		H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00160
    126 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00161
    127 H 0 CH═CHCH2C—F H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00162
    128 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00163
    129 H 0 C≡C H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00164
    130 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00165
    131 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00166
    132 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00167
    133 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00168
    134 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00169
    135 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00170
    136 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00171
    137 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00172
    138 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00173
    139 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00174
    140 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00175
    141 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00176
    142 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00177
    143 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00178
    144 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00179
    145 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00180
    146 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00181
    147 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00182
    148 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00183
    149 H 0 CH═CH(CH2)2 H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00184
    150 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00185
    151 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00186
    152 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00187
    153 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00188
    154 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00189
    155 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00190
    156 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00191
    157 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00192
    158 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00193
    159 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00194
    160 H 0
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00195
         		H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00196
    161 H 0
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00197
         		H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00198
    162 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00199
    163 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00200
    164 H 0 CH═CH CH3
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00201
    165 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00202
    166 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00203
    167 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00204
    168 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00205
    169 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00206
    170 H 0 (CH2)2C═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00207
    171 H 0 CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00208
    172 2-F 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00209
    173 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00210
    174 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00211
    175 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00212
    176 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00213
    177 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00214
    178 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00215
    179 H 0 CH—CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00216
    180 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00217
    181 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00218
    182 4-F 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00219
    183 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00220
    184 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00221
    185 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00222
    186 H 0 (CH═CH)3 H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00223
    187 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00224
    188 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00225
    189 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00226
    190 H 0 C≡C H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00227
    191 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00228
    192 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00229
    193 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00230
    194 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00231
    195 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00232
    196 2-Cl 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00233
    197 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00234
    198 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00235
    199 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00236
    200 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00237
    201 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00238
    202 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00239
    203 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00240
    204 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00241
    205 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00242
    206 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00243
    207 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00244
    208 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00245
    209 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00246
    210 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00247
    211 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00248
    212 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00249
    213 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00250
    214 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00251
    215 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00252
    216 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00253
    217 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00254
    218 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00255
    219 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00256
    220 H 0 C≡C H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00257
    221 H 0 (CH2)2CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00258
    222 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00259
    223 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00260
    224 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00261
    225 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00262
    226 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00263
    227 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00264
    228 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00265
    229 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00266
    230 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00267
    231 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00268
    232 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00269
    233 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00270
    234 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00271
    235 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00272
    236 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00273
    237 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00274
    238 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00275
    239 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00276
    240 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00277
    241 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00278
    242 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00279
    243 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00280
    244 H 0 C═C H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00281
    245 H 0 (CH═CH)3 H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00282
    246 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00283
    247 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00284
    248 H 0 CH═CH CH3
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00285
    249 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00286
    250 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00287
    251 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00288
    252 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00289
    253 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00290
    254 H 0 CH—CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00291
    255 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00292
    256 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00293
    257 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00294
    258 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00295
    259 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00296
    260 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00297
    261 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00298
    262 H 0 C≡C H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00299
    263 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00300
    264 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00301
    265 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00302
    266 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00303
    267 H 0 CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00304
    268 H 0 CH═CH—CH═CH H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00305
    • Synthesis Methods
  • Further subject-matter of the invention are analogous methods for the production of the compounds of formula (I) according to the invention. [0378]
  • Method (A): [0379]
  • Compounds of formula (I) are [0380]
  • (a) obtained by reacting carboxylic acids of formula (II) [0381]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00306
  • in which R[0382] 1, R2, R3, A and k have the meaning described above or their reactive derivatives are reacted with compounds of formula (III)
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00307
  • wherein D, E, G and R[0383] 4 also have the above described meanings.
  • Reactive derivatives of compound (II) can be, for example, activated esters, anhydrides, acid halides (especially acid chlorides) or simple low alkyl esters. Suitable acitivated esters are, for example, p-nitrophenyl ester, 2,4,6-trichlorphenyl ester, pentachlorophenyl ester, cyanomethyl ester, esters of N-hydroxysuccinimide, of N-hydroxyphthalimides, of 1-hydroxybenzotriazol, of N-hydroxypiperidine, of 2-hydroxypyridine or of 2-mercaptopyridine, etc. Anhydrides can be symmetric anhydrides or mixed, as they are obtained, for example, with pivaloyl chloride or with chloroformates. Aromatic (for example chloroformic phenyl ester), araliphatic (for example chloroformic benzyl ester) or aliphatic chloroformates (for example chloroformic methyl ester, -ethyl ester or -isobutyl ester) can be used for this. [0384]
  • Reaction of compounds (II) with compounds (III) can also be carried out in the presence of condensation agents such as dicyclohexylcarbodiimide, 1-ethyl-3-(3-di-methylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride, N,N′-carbonyldiimidazol, 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, etc. If carbodiimides are used as the condensation agent, reagents such as N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxyphthalimide, 1-hydroxybenzotriazol, N-hydroxypiperidine, etc. can be advantageously added. [0385]
  • Compounds of formula (III) can be used for reaction as free bases as well as in the form of their acid addition salts. For this, the salts of inorganic acids are to be preferred, i.e. hydrochlorides, hydrobromides or sulfates. [0386]
  • Reaction of compounds (II) or their reactive derivatives with compounds (III) are normally carried out in a suitable, preferably inert solvent. As examples, aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons (for example dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene), ether (for example diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, glycol dimethyl ether), ethyl acetate, acetonitrile or polar aprotic solvents such as, for example, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone are to be named. Pure solvents, as well as mixtures of two or more, can be used. [0387]
  • The reaction is optionally carried out in the presence of an auxiliary base. Suitable examples for this are alkali metal carbonates (sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate), alkali metal hydrogen carbonates (sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate), or organic bases such as, for example, triethylamine, ethyl diisopropylamine, tributylamine, N-methylmorpholine or pyridine. A suitable excess of compound (III) can also be used as a base. If compounds (III) are used in form of their acid addition salts, then it is appropriate to consider the amount of auxiliary base used as equivalent. [0388]
  • The reaction temperatures can—depending on reactivity of the educts—vary in a wide range. Generally, the reaction is carried out at temperatures between −40° C. and 180° C., preferably between −10° C. and 130° C., especially at the boiling point of the solvent used. [0389]
  • The starting compounds (II) and (III) are known and/or can be produced according to known methods in an analogous manner. Moreover, the production of representative examples is further described below. [0390]
  • Compounds of formula (I) can be [0391]
  • (b) produced by reaction of compounds of formula (I), wherein G is hydrogen, and which themselves also have the activities found according to the invention, with a compound of formula (IV), [0392]
  • L-G  (IV)
  • in which G has the meaning given above, with the exception of hydrogen, and L represents a suitable nucleofuge or reactive group. The type of nucleofuge or reactive group L and the conditions of the reaction are dependent of the nature of group G. [0393]
  • Compounds of formula (I), in which G, with the exception of hydrogen, has the meaning of (G1) according to the above definition can, aside from method (a), also be [0394]
  • (c) produced by reacting compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen, with a suitable alkylation agent and/or arylation agent of formula (IV), wherein G is an alkyl-, alkenyl-, alkinyl-, cycloalkyl-, aryl-, aralkyl-, heteroaryl- or heteroaralkyl residue and the leaving group L can represent a reactive derivative of an alkohol, for example, a halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine or iodine or a sulfonic acid ester, i.e. for example a methanesulfonyloxy-, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy-, ethanesulfonyloxy-, benzenesulfonyloxy-, p-toluenesulfonyloxy-, p-bromobenzenesulfonyloxy- or m-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy residue, etc. or a reactive group L can also be an epoxide group, wherein the reaction occurs under addition. [0395]
  • The reaction of compounds (I), in which G is a hydrogen, and (IV) is usually conducted in a suitably inert solvent. As solvents of this type, aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene), ethers (for example tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, glycol dimethyl ether), ethyl acetate, acetonitrile, ketones (acetone, ethyl methyl ketone), polar protic solvents such as alcohols (ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, glycol monomethyl ether) or polar aprotic solvents such as, for example, dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone can be considered. Pure solvents as well as mixtures of two or more can also be used. Preferably, the reactions are carried out in the presence of bases, whereby said bases can be used as in method (a) above. If chlorides or bromides are used as compound (IV), the reaction can be accelerated by the addition of alkali metal iodides (sodium iodide, potassium iodide). The reaction temperatures can vary between 0° C. and 180° C. depending on the reactivity of the educts, but preferably lie between 20° C. and 130° C. i [0396]
  • Compounds of formula (I), in which G represents an acyl residue, a carbamoyl residue, a sulfonyl residue or a phosphinoyl residue according to the above definition, can also be produced, aside from the above method (a), [0397]
  • (d) by reacting compounds of formula (I), wherein G is hydrogen, with a carboxylic acid, carbamic acid, sulfonic acid and/or phosphinic acid of formula (V), [0398]
  • HO-G  (V)
  • wherein G is an acyl residue, carbamoyl residue, sulfonyl residue or phosphinoyl residue according to definition, or their derivatives capable of reaction. Preferred derivatives of carboxylic acids and/or sulfonic acids (V) which are capable of reaction are symmetric or unsymmetric carboxylic acid anhydrides and/or sulfonic acid anhydrides or acyl- and/or sulfonyl halides, especially acyl- and/or sulfonyl chlorides. Preferably, derivatives of carbamates and/or phosphinic acids which are capable of reaction are the carbamoyl halides and/or phosphinyl halides, especially carbamyl- and/or phosphinyl chlorides. The reaction of the acids (V) and/or their reactive derivatives with compounds (I), in which G is hydrogen, preferably occurs in the presence of auxiliary bases in solvents and under conditions as they are described in method (a). [0399]
  • Compounds of formula (I), wherein G represents a carbamoyl residue according to the definition (G2b) with the proviso that r=0, the grouping is [0400]
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00308
  • can also be produced, aside from the methods (a) and (d) [0401]
  • (e) by reacting compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen with a carbonyl group transmitter to an intermediate product and subsequently reacting this directly with a primary or secondary amine with the formula (VI) [0402]
  • H—NR12R14  (VI)
  • wherein R[0403] 12 and R14 and/or the grouping —NR12R14 have the meanings according to the above definitions without having to purify or isolate the intermediate product. Bis-trichloromethyl carbonate (triphosgene) and carbonyldiimidazol have been proven as particularly reactive carbonyl group transmitters. The reaction of compounds of formula (I), wherein G is hydrogen, with triphosgene and/or carbonyldiimidazol are typically conducted in an absolute, inert solvent in the presence of a tertiary organic amine as an auxiliary base in such a manner that the solution of compounds (I) and the auxiliary base are slowly poured into a solution of an equivalent amount of carbonyl group transmitter. Thereby, the reaction requires molar ratios of 1:1 for the reaction of compound (I) and carbonyldiimidazol, and, in contrast, a ratio of 1:0.35 for the use of triphosgene. After complete reaction of the components to the intermediate product, compound (VI) is added in stochiometric amounts or in excess as a solution or a solid and the reaction is typically completed at elevated temperature. Suitable inert solvents are, for example hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, xylene, chlorinated hydrocarbons (for example dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene), ethers (for example diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane), esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, acetonitrile or polar aprodic solvents such as formamide or dimethylformamide. Pure solvents as well as mixtures can be used diversely. Sometimes it is of advantage to carry out the first partial reaction at low temperature in a low-viscosity, highly-volatile solvent and to remove the solvent after formation of the intermediate and replace it by a higher boiling solvent.
  • Amines such as for example triethylamine, ethyl diisopropylamine, tributylamine, N-methylmorpholine or pyridine are suitable as auxiliary bases. If compounds (I) or (VI) are used as salts, the amount of the auxiliary base is increased accordingly. The reaction temperatures can lie in between −40° C. and 50° C. for the first partial reaction, preferably at 0° C. to 30° C., and between 0° C. and 150° C. for the second partial reaction, preferably at 20° C. to 120° C. [0404]
  • Compounds of formula (I), wherein G represents a carbamoyl residue according to the definition (G2b) with the proviso that r 0 and R[0405] 14=hydrogen, the grouping is
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00309
  • can also be produced, aside from methods (a), (d) and (e) [0406]
  • (f) by reacting the compounds of formula (I) in which G is hydrogen, with an isocyanate of formula (VII) in which R[0407] 12 has the meaning according to the above definition
  • O═C═N—R12 (VII).
  • Reaction of the compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen, with the isocyanates of formula (VII) are conducted thereby in an absolute, inert solvent which can be a hydrocarbon such as pentane, hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, or xylene, chlorinated hydrocarbons (such as dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene), ethers (for example, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane), esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, or polar aprotic solvents such as formamide or dimethylformamide mixtures of various solvents can also be used. Thereby, the reaction temperatures can vary in the region from −20° C. to 150° C., but preferably lie at 20° C. to 100° C. [0408]
  • As already mentioned, the compounds of formula (I), wherein G is hydrogen, are themselves compounds with tumor growth inhibiting activity and/or cytostatic and immunosuppressive effectiveness. However, independent of their therapeutic applicability, they also represent useful intermediate compounds for the production of a multitude of other compounds according to the invention corresponding to (c) to (f). [0409]
  • They themselves can, in principle, be produced according to method A by reacting a carboxylic acid of formula (II) with amines of formula (III) in which G is hydrogen as described above. However, since the compounds of formula (III) with hydrogen as G represent α,ω-diamines, the formation of product mixtures is always to be expected in their reaction with carboxylic acids (II) or their reactive derivatives making a subsequent separation necessary. [0410]
  • In contrast, compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen, are essentially more advantageously produced from other compounds of formula (I), in which G is a selectively cleavable group under mild conditions, i.e. corresponds to a nitrogen protective group. [0411]
  • Among the compounds according to formula (I) with tumor growth inhibiting and/or cytostatic or immunomodulatory and/or immunosuppressive properties, are compounds in which G represents a 4-methoxybenzyl group, a triphenylmethyl group, a methoxy- and/or ethoxycarbonyl group, a tert-butoxycarbonyl group, an allyloxycarbonyl group or a trifluoroacetyl group. Thus, compounds of formula (I) with a 4-methoxybenzyl group as G are transformed into compounds of formula (I) with hydrogen as G by selective oxidation with ammonium-cer(IV)-nitrate for example. T he cleavage of simple alkoxycarbonyl groups such as the methoxy- or ethoxycarbonyl group as well as the trifluoroacetyl group as G in compounds of formula (I) succeed by alkali hydrolysis under mild conditions without cleaving the A and D linked amide function. This is suitably valid for the cleavage of the triphenylmethyl group and the tert-butoxycarbonyl group as G in compounds of formula (I), which occurs in acidic medium under mild conditions. Finally, compounds of formula (I) with an allyloxycarbonyl group as G can be converted into such with hydrogen as G in neutral medium with palladium catalyst. All these methods are fully familiar to the person skilled in the art, and are furthermore also documented in monographs (see for example Greene, Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, New York, 1991). [0412]
  • Compounds of formula (I), wherein R[0413] 4 is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkinyl or cycloalkyl residue according to the above definition can also be produced, aside from the methods (a) and (b),
  • (g) by reacting compounds of formula (I), wherein R[0414] 4 is hydrogen, with a suitable alkylation agent of formula (VIII)
  • L-R4  (VIII)
  • wherein R[0415] 4 is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkinyl or cycloalkyl residue according to the above definition and L is a suitable nucleofuge, i.e. for example a halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine or iodine or a sulfonic acid ester of an alcohol. Preferred sulfonic acid esters (VIII) contain a methylsulfonyloxy residue, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy-, p-toluenesulfonyloxy-, p-bromobenzenesulfonyloxy- or m-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy residue as L.
  • As an amide alkylation in the presence of tertiary amino groups, this reaction requires the use of strong auxiliary bases such as potassium-tert-butylate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride or butyl lithium in aprotic, inert solvents. Such solvents can be for example aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbons (pentane, hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene), ethers (for example, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane) or polar solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone. Depending on the reactivity of the educts, the reaction temperatures can lie between −40° C. and 140° C. preferably between −20° C. and 80° C. [0416]
  • The compounds of formula (I) produced according to the methods (a) to (g) can be isolated and purified in a known manner, for example by subjecting the residue after distillation of the solvent to partition, extraction, re-precipitation or re-crystallization or another purification method. For this, column chromatography on a suitable support or preparative, middle or high pressure liquid chromatography are preferred for this. [0417]
  • The compounds (I) are first normally obtained in form of their free bases or their hydrates or solvates, depending on the type of isolation and purification. Their addition salts with pharmaceutically suitable acids are obtained in a typical manner by converting the base with the desired acid in a suitable solvent. Depending on the number of basic centers of compound (I), one or more equivalent acids per mole of base can be bound. [0418]
  • Suitable solvents are, for example, chlorinated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane or chloroform; ethers such as diethyl ether, dioxane or tetrahydrofuran; acetonitrile; ketones such as acetone or ethyl methyl ketone; esters such as methyl acetate or ethyl acetate or low molecular alcohols such as methanol, ethanol or isopropanol; and water. Pure solvents as well as mixtures of two or three solvents can also be used. The salts can be isolated by crystallization, precipitation or the evaporation of the solvent. Thereby, they optionally accumulate as hydrates or solvates. [0419]
  • The bases can be recovered from the salts by alkalization, for example with aqueous ammonia solution, alkali carbonate or diluted sodium hydroxide solution. [0420]
  • The following listed compounds and/or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, if not already concretely labelled as such, are particularly preferred. [0421]
  • N-[4-(1-methylsulfonylpipieridin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0422]
  • N-{4-[1-(2-naphthylsulfonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0423]
  • N-{4-[1-(2-naphthylsulfonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide, [0424]
  • N-{4-[1-(1-naphthylaminocarbonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0425]
  • N-[4-(1-diphenylaminocarbonyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0426]
  • N-[4-(1-diphenylaminocarbonyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide, [0427]
  • N-{4-[1-(10,11-dihydrodibenzo[b,f]azepin-5-yl-carbonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0428]
  • N-[4-(1-diphenylphosphinoyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0429]
  • N-[4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0430]
  • N-[4-(1-diphenylacetyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0431]
  • N-{4-[1-(3,3-diphenylpropionyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0432]
  • N-[4-(1-benzoylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0433]
  • N-[4-(1-benzoylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide, [0434]
  • N-{4-[1-(9-oxo-9H-fluoro-4-yl-carbonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0435]
  • N-{4-[1-(phenylpyridin-3-yl-methyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0436]
  • N-{4-[1-(phenylpyridin-4-yl-methyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0437]
  • N-{4-[1-(6,11-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]oxepin-11-yl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0438]
  • N-{4-[1-(6,11-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]thiepin-11-yl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0439]
  • N-[7-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yl)-heptyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0440]
  • N-[8-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yl)-octyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0441]
  • N-[3-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-propyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0442]
  • N-[3-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-propyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, [0443]
  • N-[2-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide, [0444]
  • N-[4-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide, [0445]
  • N-[5-(1-diphenylmethylpiperdin-4-yl)-pentyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide or [0446]
  • N-[6-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yl)-hexyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide.[0447]
    • SYNTHETIC EXAMPLES For the End Products of the Invention According to Formula (I)
  • In the following production examples for the end products, the abbreviations stand for the following terms: [0448]
  • MP=melting point, [0449]
  • RT=room temperature, [0450]
  • THF=tetrahydrofuran, [0451]
  • DMF=dimethylformamide, [0452]
  • CDI=carbonyldiimidazol, [0453]
  • abs.=absolute, [0454]
  • EDC═N-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-N′-ethyl-carbodiimide hydrochloride, [0455]
  • HOBT=1-hydroxybenzotriazol, [0456]
  • TEA=triethylamine. [0457]
  • [0458] 1H-NMR-Spectrum=proton resonance spectrum, taken at 100 MHz. The chemical shifts are given in ppm against TMS as a standard (δ=0.0), whereby
  • s=singlet, [0459]
  • d=doublet, [0460]
  • t=triplet, [0461]
  • dt=doublet-triplet, [0462]
  • m=multiplet, [0463]
  • ar=aromatic, [0464]
  • py=pyridine. [0465]
    • Example 1
  • N-{4-[1-(diphenylaminocarbonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (substance 199) [0466]
  • 6.5 g (18.0 mmol) N-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide dihydrochloride (K22.142) and 5.77 ml (41.4 mmol) TEA are placed in 70 ml abs. dichlormethane and cooled to ca. 0° C. under moisture exclusion. 4.58 g (19.8 mmol) N,N-diphenylcarbamic acid chloride are dissolved in 20 ml abs. dichlormethane and added dropwise. The mixture is stirred at RT overnight without further cooling. 4 ml (28.7 mmol) TEA are added and the red colored suspension is stirred a further 2 hours at RT. Subsequently, the batch is washed with 80 ml water. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl[0467] 3/CH3OH (98/2) and crystallized twice, each from 60 ml acetic acid ethyl ester, after drawing off the solvent Beige colored crystals with a MP of 132-134° C.; yield: 5.3 g (60%).
    C30H34N4O2 (482.6)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3300 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1660 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 0.60-1.75(11H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3)
    2.40-2.85(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.33(2H, dt, CONHCH 2. J=6.5Hz.
    J=12.7Hz)
    3.85-4.20(2H, m, piperidine)
    5.95-6.20(1H, m, NH)
    6.42(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    6.90-7.45(11H, m,
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-P00899
    )
    7.59(1H, d, CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-P00899
    J=15.7Hz)
    7.65-7.90(1H, m, py)
    8.45-8.60(1H, m, py)
    8.65-8.85(1H, m, py)
    • Example 2
  • N-[4-(1-diphenylacetyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (Substance 150) [0468]
  • Production occurs analogously to example 1. However, no TEA is subsequently added. [0469]
  • Batch size: 5.0 g (13.9 mmol) N-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide dihydrochloride (substance 14 as a dihydrochloride), 5.8 ml (41.6 mmol) TEA and 3.9 g (15.2 mmol) diphenylacetic acid chloride, [0470]
  • In the purification, this is washed twice, each with 50 ml water. The chromatographic purification is carried out with CHCl[0471] 3/CH3OH (97/3 to 95/5). The residue is first crystallized twice, each from 15 ml acetic acid ethyl ester and then from 18 ml ethanol/diethyl ether (5/1). Colorless crystals remain with a MP of 161° C.; yield: 3.6 g (53%).
    C31H35N3O2 (481.6)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3280 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1665, 1530 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1615 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 0.50-1.85(11H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3)
    2.40-3.10(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.32(2H, dt, CONHCH 2 J=6.5Hz.
    J=12.6Hz)
    3.80-4.05(1H, m, piperidine)
    4.55-4.80(1H, m, piperidine)
    5.23(1H, Ar2CH)
    6.10-6.35(1H, m, NH)
    6.44(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.10-7.45(11H, m, ar, py)
    7.59(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.60-7.85(1H, m, py)
    8.50-8.65(1H, m, py)
    8.65-8.80(1H, m, py)
    • Example 3
  • N-{4-[1-(2-naphthyl-sulfonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (Substance 219) [0472]
  • Production occurs analogously to example 2. [0473]
  • Batch size: 6.0 g (16.6 mmol) N-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide dihydrochloride (substance 14 as dihydrochloride), 5.6 ml (40.0 mmol) TEA and 2.5 g (11.0-mmol) naphthalin-2-sulfonic acid chloride in 70 ml abs. dichlormethane. [0474]
  • In the work up, this is washed twice, each with 70 ml water. The chromatographic purification is carried out with CHCl[0475] 3/CH3OH (95/5 to 94/6). The residue is crystallized from 30 ml acetic acid ethyl ester. Repeated chromatographic purification with CHCl3/CH3OH (95/5). Yield: 2.7 g (57%); amorphic solid with a MP of 85-87° C.
    C27H31N3O3S (477.5)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3320 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1690, 1560 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1640 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 0.90-1.95(11H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3)
    2.10-2.50(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.34(2H, dt, CONHCH 2. J=6.5Hz,
    J=12.5Hz)
    3.65-4.00(2H, m, piperidine)
    5.85-6.15(1H, m, NH)
    6.46(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.15-8.10(9H, m, ar, py.
    CH═CHCO)
    8.33(1H, s, Ar)
    8.50-8.65(1H, m, py)
    8.65-8.80(1H, m, py)
    • Example 4
  • N-{4-[1-(1-naphthylaminocarbonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (Substance 195) [0476]
  • 2.35 g (13.9 mmol) 1-naphthyl isocyanate are dissolved in 10 ml abs. THF and a solution of 4.0 g (13.9 mmol) N-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (substance 14) in 30 ml abs. THF is added dropwise at RT under moisture exclusion. After ca. one hour, a white precipitate forms and the suspension is stirred at RT overnight. The solid is drawn off, chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl[0477] 3/CH3OH (95/5 to 93/7) and crystallized from isopropanol after removal of the solvent. Colorless crystals remain with a MP of 198-200° C.; yield: 2.2 g (34%)
    C28H32N4O2 (456.6)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3240 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1660, 1560 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1615 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 1.00-1.95(11H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3)
    2.75-3.15(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.37(2H, dt, CONHCH 2. J=6.5Hz.
    J=12.7Hz)
    3.95-4.25(2H, m, piperidine)
    5.75-6.05(1H, m, NH)
    6.42(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.6Hz)
    6.70(1H, s, NH)
    7.20-8.00(10H, m, ar, py.
    CH═CHCO)
    8.50-8.65(1H, m, py)
    8.65-8.80(1H, m, py)
    • Example 5
  • N-{4-[1-(6,11-dihydro-dibenzo[b,e]thiepin-11-yl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (Substance 136) [0478]
  • 7.02 g (21.5 mmol) N-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide dihydrochloride (substance 14 as a dihydrochloride) are suspended in 100 ml abs. dichlormethane and added to 7.08 g (70.0 mmol) TEA. The mixture is cooled to ca. 0° C. under moisture exclusion and a solution of 5.30 g (21.5 mmol) 11-chlor-6,11-dihydro-dibenzo[b,e]thiepine in 10 ml abs. dichlormethane is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred for 24 hours at RT without further cooling. Subsequently, the batch is washed with 50 ml 10% sodium hydroxide solution and 30 ml water. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The red brown residue is chromatographically-purified three times over silica gel with CHCl[0479] 3/CH3OH (100/0, 97/3 and 96/4 to 94/6). Subsequently, a further purification occurs by means of MPLC with CHCl3/CH3OH (98/2). Yield: 0.5 g (5%) of a brittle, vitreous solid with a MP of 89-91° C.
    C31H35N3OS (497.7)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3280 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1660, 1550 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1620 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 0.90-2.00(13H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3)
    2.55-2.95(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.20-3.60(3H, m, CONHCH 2. SCH2)
    4.03(1H, Ar2CH)
    6.10-6.35(1H, m, NH)
    5.95-6.30(1H, m, SCH2)
    6.44(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    6.85-7.40(9H, m, ar, py)
    7.61(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.65-7.85(1H, m, py)
    8.50-8.65(1H, m, py)
    8.65-8.80(1H, m, py)
    • Example 6
  • N-[4-(1-diphenylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2.4-pentadienoic Acid Amide (Substance 70) [0480]
  • 3.85 g (22.0 mmol) 5-(3-pyridyl)-2.4-pentadienoic acid are suspended in 90 ml abs dichlormethane and after addition of three drops of pyridine, cooled to ca. 0° C. in an ice bath under moisture exclusion. 3.8 g (30.0 mmol) oxalyl chloride are added dropwise and the mixture is stirred at RT overnight. Subsequently, the solvent and excess oxalyl chloride is distilled off on a rotary evaporator. In order to completely remove the oxalyl chloride, the residue is dried for two hours under high-vacuum. The acid chloride obtained in this manner is suspended in 50 ml abs. dichloromethane and cooled to ca. 0° C. in an ice bath under moisture exclusion. 6.44 g (20.0 mmol) 4-(1-diphenylmethyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butylamine are dissolved in 40 ml abs. dichlormethane and added dropwise to this suspension. After complete addition, the ice bath is removed and the reaction is stirred for an additional two hours at RT. The mixture is subsequently washed with 10% sodium hydroxide solution. The organic phase is washed twice, each with 40 ml water, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl[0481] 3/CH3OH (98/2 to 95/5) and crystallized twice from 250 ml and 200 ml acetonitrile after drawing off the solvent. Beige colored crystals with a MP of 164-166° C.; yield: 4.7 g (49%).
    C32H37N3O (479.6)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3280 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1650, 1550 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1600 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 1.00-2.00(13H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3)
    2.70-3.00(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.34(2H, dt, CONHCH 2. J=6.6Hz.
    J=12.8Hz)
    4.21(1H, s, Ar2CH)
    5.50-5.75(1H, m, NH)
    6.44(1H, d, CH═CH, J=14.7Hz)
    6.75-6.95(2H, m, CH═CH)
    7.05-7.50(12H, m, ar, py.
    CH═CH)
    7.65-7.85(1H, m, py)
    8.45-8.55(1H, m, py)
    8.60-8.75(1H, m, py)
    • Example 7
  • N[4-(1-benzoylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (Substance 159) [0482]
  • 5.1 g (36.2 mmol) benzoyl chloride are dissolved in 150 ml abs. dichlormethane and cooled to ca. 0° C. under moisture exclusion. 10.4 g (36.2 mmol) N-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (substance 14) are dissolved in 50 ml abs. dichlormethane and added dropwise under ice cooling. The mixture is stirred overnight at RT without further cooling. Subsequently, the suspension is added to 60 ml 2 M sodium hydroxide and extracted twice, each with 80 ml dichlormethane. The combined organic phases are washed twice, each with 60 ml water, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl[0483] 3/CH3OH (97/3 to 95/5) and recrystalized from 75 ml acetonitrile. Colorless crystals with a MP of 100-102° C. are recovered; yield 9.8 g (69%).
    C24H29N3O2 (391.5)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3280 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1670, 1545 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1630 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 0.80-2.00(11H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3)
    2.55-4.00(5H, m, piperidine,
    CONHCH 2)
    4.40-4.90(1H, piperidine)
    6.00-6.25(1H, m, NH)
    6.48(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.15-7.95(8H, m, ar, py.
    CH═CHCO)
    8.50-8.65(1H, m, py)
    8.65-8.80(1H, m, py)
    • Example 8
  • N-(1-diphenylmethyl-azetin-3-ylmethyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (Substance 1) [0484]
  • Production occurs analogously to example 6. [0485]
  • Batch size: 4.3 g (28.7 mmol) 3-(3-pyridyl)-acrylic acid, 6.7 ml (78.4 mmol) oxalyl chloride and 6.6 g (26.1 mmol) (1-diphenylmethyl-azetidin-3-ylmethyl)-amine. [0486]
  • In the work up, the reaction mixture is washed with 10% sodium hydroxide solution. The aqueous phase is extracted twice, each with 50 ml dichlormethane. The combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is chromatographically pre-purified over silica gel with CHCl[0487] 3/CH3OH (98/2 to 95/5) and subsequently purified by two-fold flash-chromatography with CHCl3/CH3OH (99/1 to 95/5). After drawing off the solvent, an amorphous solid remains with a MP of 72-74° C.; yield: 0.75 g (7%).
    C25H25N3O (383.5)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3320 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1680, 1570 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1640 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 2.40-2.80(1H, m, azetidine)
    2.80-3.10(2H, m, azetidine)
    3.10-3.40(2H, m, azetidine)
    3.60(2H, dd, CONHCH 2. J=5.7Hz)
    4.36(1H, Ar2CH)
    6.45-6.75(1H, m, NH)
    6.50(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.00-7.50(11H, m, ar, py)
    7.62(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.65-7.90(1H, m, py)
    8.50-8.70(1H, m, py)
    8.70-8.85(1H, m, py)
    • Example 9
  • N-(4-diphenylmethyl-morpholin-2-ylmethyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (substance 250) [0488]
  • Production occurs analogously to example 6. [0489]
  • Batch size: 2.3 g (15.6 mmol) 3-(3-pyridyl)-acrylic acid, 5.4 g (42.5 mmol) oxalyl chloride and 3.6 g (14.7 mmol) 2-aminomethyl-4-diphenylmethylmorpholine [0490]
  • In the work up, 40 ml 10% sodium hydroxide solution are added to the reaction solution. The aqueous phase is extracted with 15 ml dichlormethane. The combined organic phases are washed twice, each with 15 ml water, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is chromatographically purified three times over silica gel with CHCl[0491] 3/CH3OH (95/5, 90/10 and 90/10). After drawing off the solvent, an amorphous solid remains with a MP of 71-74° C. yield: 0.8 g (13%).
    C26H27N3O2 (413.5)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3270 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1655, 1540 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1620 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 1.70-2.30(2H, m, morpholine)
    2.55-2.90(2H, m, morpholine)
    3.00-3.35(1H, m, morpholine)
    3.50-4.00(4H, m, CONHCH 2,
    morpholine)
    4.20(1H, Ar2CH)
    6.00-6.25(1H, m, NH)
    6.47(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.00-7.55(11H, m, ar, py)
    7.60(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.65-7.90(1H, m, py)
    8.50-8.70(1H, m, py)
    8.70-8.80(1H, m, py)
    • Example 10
  • N-{4-[1-(9-oxo-9H-fluoren-4-yl-carbonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (Substance 178) [0492]
  • 5.0 g (20.0 mmol) 95% 9-fluorenon-4-carboxylic acid chloride are dissolved in 70 ml abs. dichlormethane and 6.5 g (18.2 mmol) N-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide dihydrochloride (substance 14 as a dihydrochloride) are added. The mixture is cooled to ca. 0° C. under moisture exclusion and 4.0 g (40.0 mmol) TEA dissolved in 10 ml abs. dichlormethane are added dropwise. The batch is stirred at RT overnight without further cooling. In the work up, 150 ml 10% sodium hydroxide solution are added to the reaction solution and this is extracted by shaking. The organic phase is washed with 100 ml water, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is pre-purified over silica gel with CHCl[0493] 3/CH3OH (96/4 to 95/5) and subsequently purified by flash-Chromatography with CHCl3/CH3OH (95/5). After drawing off the solvent, the product remains as a yellow vitreous solid with a MP of 80-82° C.; yield: 2.3 g (25%).
    C31H31N3O3 (493.6)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3320 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1730, 1640 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1620 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 0.70-2.05(11H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3)
    2.60-3.80(5H, m, piperidine,
    CONHCH 2)
    4.70-5.05(1H, piperidine)
    5.85-6.20(1H, m, NH)
    6.47(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.15-7.90(10H, m, ar, py.
    CH═CHCO)
    8.50-8.65(1H, m, py)
    8.65-8.85(1H, m, py)
    • Example 11
  • N-[3-(1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yloxy)-propyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (Substance 39) [0494]
  • 2.4 g (16.2 mmol) 3-(3-pyridyl)-acrylic acid and 2.3 ml (16.2 mmol) TEA are suspended in 50 ml abs. toluene and a solution of 1.5 ml (15.5 mmol) chloroformic acid ethyl ester in 20 ml abs. toluene are added dropwise under moisture exclusion and light cooling. This yellow suspension is stirred at RT for two hours and then a solution of 3.5 g (14.1 mmol) 3-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-propylamine in 20 ml abs. toluene is added dropwise. The mixture is stirred for two hours at RT and extracted by shaking three times in the heat, each with 10 ml water, 2 M sodium hydroxide and water again. The organic phase is concentrated under vacuum and the orange colored oily residue is chromatographically purified twice over silica gel with CHCl[0495] 3/CH3OH/NH4OH (90/9/1 and 95/5/0 to 90/10/0) and crystallized from 10 ml acetic acid ethyl ester. Colorless crystals remain with a MP of 100-102° C.; yield: 1.9 g (35%).
    C23H29N3O2 (379.5)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3290 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1650, 1530 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1610 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 1.50-2.45(8H, m, piperidine,
    C—CH2—C)
    2.70-3.00(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.25-3.80(7H, m, piperidine,
    CONHCH 2. Ar—CH2. O—CH2)
    6.54(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    6.70-6.95(1H, m, NH)
    7.25-7.50(6H, m, ar, py)
    7.69(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.80-8.00(1H, m, py)
    8.60-8.75(1H, m, py)
    8.75-8.90(1H, m, py)
    • Example 12
  • N-[6-(1-diphenylmethyl-piperidin-3-yl-carbonyl-amineo)-hexyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (substance 103) [0496]
  • 1.79 g (12.0 mmol) 3-(3-pyridyl)-acrylic acid and 4.0 g (39.5 mmol) TEA are suspended in 80 ml abs. dichloromethane and cooled to ca. 0° C. under moisture exclusion. 2.2 g (14.3 mmol) 88% HOBT and 2.76 g (14.4 mmol) EDC are added and the mixture is stirred 30 min under ice cooling. 5.6 g (12.0 mmol) 1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-3-carboxylic acid-(6-amino-hexyl)-amide dihydrochloride are added and the mixture is stirred overnight at RT without cooling. Subsequently, the batch is washed twice with sodium hydroxide with 50 ml 2M sodium hydroxide solution and 70 ml water. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl[0497] 3/CH3OH (96/4 to 95/5) and crystallized from 70 ml acetonitrile. Colorless crystals remain with a MP of 129-131° C.; yield: 3.9 g (62%).
    C33H40N4O2 (524.7)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3300 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1640, 1540 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1620 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 1.20-2.95(
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-P00899
    , m, piperidine,
    C—(CH2)4—C)
    3.15-3.55(4H, m, CONHCH 2)
    4.24(1H, Ar2CH)
    6.30-6.55(1H, m, NH)
    6.57(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.05-7.45(11H, m, ar, py)
    7.62(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    7.65-8.00(2H, m, py. NH)
    8.50-8.60(1H, m, py)
    8.65-8.80(1H, m, py)
    • Example 13
  • N-[4-(1-diphenylphosphinyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (Substance 232) [0498]
  • 1.06 ml (5.55 mmol) diphenylphosphinic acid chloride are dissolved in 20 ml abs. THF and cooled to ca. 0° C. under moisture exclusion. 2.0 g (5.55 mmol) N-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide dihydrochloride (substance 14 as a dihydrochloride) and 2.3 ml (16.6 mmol) TEA are suspended in 90 ml abs. THE and added dropwise under ice cooling. The mixture is stirred for four days at RT without further cooling. Subsequently the solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue is taken up in 70 ml 10% sodium hydroxide solution and extracted twice, each with 100 ml CHCl[0499] 3. The combined organic phases are washed with saturated NaCl solution, dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is pre-purifeid over silica gel with CHCl3/CH3OH (90/10), subsequently further purified by flash-chromatography with CHCl3/CH3OH (90/10) and crystallized from 30 ml acetic acid ethyl ester. Colorless crystals remain with a MP of 154-155° C.; yield: 1.04 g (30%).
    C29H34N3O2P (487.6)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3260 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1650, 1550 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1610 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 0.90-1.80(11H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3)
    2.55-2.95(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.10-3.55(4H, m, piperidine,
    CONHCH 2)
    6.59(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.7Hz)
    6.55-6.80(1H, m, NH)
    7.15-8.00(13H, m, ar, py.
    CH═CHCO)
    8.50-8.60(1H, m, py)
    8.60-8.80(1H, m, py)
    • Example 14
  • N-[4-(1-benzyl-piperidin-3-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (Substance 40) [0500]
  • Production occurs analogously to example 6. [0501]
  • Batch size: 2.6 g (17.4 mmol) 3-(3-pyridyl)-acrylic acid, 1.6 ml (19.0 mmol) oxalyl chloride and 3.9 g (15.8 mmol) 4-(1-benzyl-piperidin-3-yl)-butylamine in 100 ml abs. dichlormethane. [0502]
  • The reaction time is prolonged to 6 hours at RT. In the work up, the batch is washed with 50 ml 1 M sodium hydroxide solution and the aqueous phase is extracted with 50 ml dichlormethane. The combined organic phases are concentrated under vacuum and the residue is chromatographically pre-purified twice over silica gel with CHCl[0503] 3/CH3OH (93/7 and 95/5), subsequently purified further by flash-chromatography with CHCl3/CH3OH (95/5 and 97/3) and crystallized from 5 ml acetic acid ethyl ester. Colorless crystals remain with a MP of 80-82° C.; yield: 0.9 g (15%).
    C24H31N3O (377.5)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3300 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1650, 1530 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1610 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 1.00-2.10(13H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3)
    2.65-2.95(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.37(2H, dt, CONHCH 2. J=6.5Hz.
    J=12.7Hz)
    3.50(2H, s, Ar—CH2)
    5.65-5.95(1H, m, NH)
    6.46(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.6Hz)
    7.10-7.40(6H, m, ar, py)
    7.62(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.6Hz)
    7.65-7.90(1H, m, py)
    8.50-8.65(1H, m, py)
    8.70-8.80(1H, m, py)
    • Example 15
  • N-[4-(1-tert-Butoxycarbonylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)acrylamide (Substance 242) [0504]
  • Production occurs analogously to example 6. TEA is also added dropwise with the addition of the amine. [0505]
  • Batch size: 16.4 g (110 mmol) 3-(3-pyridyl)-acrylic acid, 18.9 g (150 mmol) oxalyl chloride, 25.6 g (100 mmol) 4-(1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butylamine and 10.1 g (100 mmol) TEA in 300 ml abs. dichlormethane. [0506]
  • In the work up, 100 ml 10% sodium hydroxide solution are added to the reaction solution. The aqueous phase is extracted with 30 ml dichlormethane. The combined organic phases are washed twice, each with 25 ml water, and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is dissolved in CHCl[0507] 3/CH3OH (90/10) and filtered through a thin silica gel layer. After drawing off the solvent, the crude product remains as a red oil (44.0 g). For purification, this is chromatographed with CHCl3/CH3OH (95/5) on silica gel Yield: 26.5 g (68%) as a yellow viscous oil.
    C22H33N3O3 (387.50)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3250 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1670, 1540 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1600 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (CDCl3): 0.80-1.90(20H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3,
    tert, butyl)
    2.30-2.90(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.10-3.60(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.80-4.30(2H, m, CONHCH 2)
    6.15-6.55(1H, m, NH)
    6.43(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.6Hz)
    7.05-7.85(2H, m, py)
    7.51(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.6Hz)
    8.35-8.55(1H, m, py)
    8.55-8.70(1H, m, py)
    • Example 16
  • N-[4-(piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide Dihydrochloride (Substance 14 as a Dihydrochloride) [0508]
  • 44.0 g (<113.5 mmol) crude N-(4-[N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl)-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide (substance 242) are dissolved in 400 ml ethanol and added to 26.0 ml conc. hydrochloric acid. The mixture is heated to boiling for three hours and, after cooling, the solvent is removed under vacuum. The yellow residue is crystallized from 500 ml isopropanol. Beige colored crystals remain with a MP of 178-188° C.; yield: 32.6 g (90%). [0509]
    C17H25N3O·2 HCl (360.3)
    IR-spectrum (KBr): ν(NH)   3260 cm−1
    ν(C═O)  1670, 1545 cm−1
    ν(C═C)  1630 cm−1
    1H-NMR-spectrum (D2O): 0.95-1.95(11H, m, piperidine,
    piperidine-(CH2)3)
    2.60-3.00(2H, m, piperidine)
    3.00-3.40(4H, m, piperidine,
    CONHCH 2)
    6.73(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.9Hz)
    7.41(1H, d, CH═CHCO, J=15.9Hz)
    7.80-8.00(1H, m, py)
    8.50-8.65(2H, m, py)
    8.65-8.90(1H, m, py)
  • The invention is more closely illustrated by means of the further synethesis examples listed in the following Table 2, without restricting the invention. [0510]
    TABLE 2
    Prepared compounds of formula (I)
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00310
    MP [° C.
    Nr R1 A D—E—G (solvent
    1 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00311
         		 72-74 (amorph; CHCl3/Me
    4 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00312
         		164-165 (EE)
    14 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00313
         		140-142 (amorph; CH2Cl2)
    14 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00314
         		178-1882(iPrOH)
    15 H CH═CH—CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00315
         		197-2022(iPrOH)
    39 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00316
         		100-102 (EE)
    40 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00317
         		 80-82 (EE)
    54 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00318
         		135-136 (EE)
    59 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00319
         		221-223 (MeOH)
    62 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00320
         		139-140 (EE)
    63
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00321
         		ca. 205 (Ze (CHCl3)
    65 H
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00322
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00323
         		142-144 (MeCN)
    70 H CH═CH—CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00324
         		164-166 (MeCN)
    97 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00325
         		178-180 (EE)
    103 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00326
         		129-131 (MeCN)
    107 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00327
         		190-192 (MeCN)
    134 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00328
         		139-141 (EE)
    136 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00329
         		 89-91 (amorph; CHCl3/MeO
    140 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00330
         		Harz3
    150 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00331
         		161 (EtOH/Et2O)
    151 H CH═CH—CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00332
         		 77-79 (EE/BuCl)
    153 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00333
         		105-106 (MeCN/MTBE
    159 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00334
         		100-102 (MeCN)
    162 H CH═CH—CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00335
         		133-135 (EE/BuCl)
    178 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00336
         		 80-82 (amorph; CHCl3/MeOH)
    195 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00337
         		198-200 (iPrOH)
    199 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00338
         		132-134 (EE)
    200 H CH═CH—CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00339
         		146-148 (iPrOH)
    219 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00340
         		 85-87 (amorph; CHCl3/MeOH)
    232 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00341
         		154-155 (EE)
    242 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00342
         		Ol3
    243 H CH═CH—CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00343
         		135-136 (EE)
    250 H CH═CH
    Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00344
         		 71-74 (amorph; CHCl3/MeO
  • Several examples for the production of the starting compounds are described in the following for the better illustration of the production of the end products [0511]
    • Synthesis of the Starting Compounds Example IA
  • 4-(1-tert-butoxycarbonyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butan-1-ol [0512]
  • 100 g (458 mmol) 4-piperidin-4-yl-butan-1-ol hydrochloride are dissolved in 120 ml water, added to 216 ml (1550 mmol) TEA and cooled to ca. 5-10° C. 122 g (559 mmol) di-tert-butyl dicarbonate are dissolved in 400 ml THF and added dropwise within four hours under further cooling. The mixture is left to stand without further cooling at RT overnight. Subsequently, the THF is removed under vacuum to a large extent and the residue is extracted twice, each with 300 ml and 200 ml CHCl[0513] 3 respectively, and the combined organic phases are washed twice, each with 20 ml water. The solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is dried under high-vacuum and processed further without additional purification. Yield: 136 g (102%).
    • Example 2A
  • 2-[4-(1-tertbutoxycarbonylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-isoindol-1,3-dione [0514]
  • 136 g (<528 mmol) 4-[1-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperidin-4-yl)-butan-1-ol (crude product), 135.3 g (516 mmol) Triphenylphosphine and 75.9 g (516 mmol) phthalimide are suspended in 1800 ml THF and 89.9 g (516 mmol) azodicarboxylic acid diethyl ester are added dropwise within three hours under protective atmosphere and light cooling (to ca. 15° C.). The mixture is left to stand at RT overnight without further cooling. Subsequently, the solvent is removed under vacuum and the oily residue is dissolved in 500 ml acetic acid ethyl ester and held at 0° C. overnight. The sedimented precipitate is filtered and discarded. The solution is concentrated under vacuum and the oily residue is chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl[0515] 3 and crystallized from 200 ml isopropanol after drawing off the solvent. Colorless crystals remain with a MP of 100-102° C.; yield: 108.5 g (57%).
    • Example 3A
  • 4-(1-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperidin-4-yl)-butylamine [0516]
  • 113.0 g (292 mmol) 2-[4-(1-tert-butoxycarbonylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-isoindol-1,3-dione are dissolved in 600 ml ethanol, added to 29.3 g (585 mmol) hydrazine hydrate and heated to boiling for three hours. After cooling the solution, the mixture is filtered and the filtrate is concentrated under vacuum. The residue is dispersed in the heat (ca. 50° C.) between 500 ml toluene and 500 ml 10% sodium hydroxide solution. The organic phase is washed once with 50 ml 10% sodium hydroxide solution and twice, each with 50 ml water. The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue is dried at 70° C. under high-vacuum and processed further without additional purification. Yield of colorless oil: 64.0 g (85%). [0517]
    • Example 4A
  • (1-diphenylmethyl-azetidin-3-ylmethyl)-amine [0518]
  • A solution of 10.0 g (40 mmol) 1-diphenylmethyl-azetidin-3-carbonitrile in 20 ml abs. THF is added dropwise to a suspension of 3.1 g (80 mmol) lithium aluminium hydride in 80 ml abs. THF at RT and and stirred overnight. The batch is carefully added to 2 ml ethanol and filtered. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and dispersed between CHCl[0519] 3 and water. The aqueous phase is extracted twice, each with 50 ml CHCl3, and the combined organic phases are dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl3/CH3OH/NH4OH (90/10/0 to 90/10/1). Yield: 5.6 g (55%) of slowly hardening resin.
    • Example 5A
  • 3-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-propylamine [0520]
  • 10.0 g (40.9 mmol) 3-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-propionitrile are dissolved in 100 ml ethanol and added to a spatula tip of Raney-Nickel. The mixture is stirred at RT under hydrogen atmosphere until the uptake of the theoritical amount of hydrogen (ca. two days) The mixture is filtered from the catalyst and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is distilled in a bulb tube apparatus. Yield of colorless oil: 7.5 g (73%). [0521]
    • Example 6A
  • 1-diplienylmethyl-piperidin-3-carboxylic Acid Hydrochloride [0522]
  • 15.7 g (100 mmol) piperidin-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester and 30.4 g (220 mmol) potassium carbonate are placed in 100 ml DM and 24.1 g diphenyl methyl bromide are added dropwise. The mixture is stirred overnight at RT and subsequently filtered. The filtrate is concentrated under vacuum and the residue is taken up with 150 ml acetic acid ethyl ester and extracted twice, each with 50 ml 10% hydrochloric acid. The organic phase is discarded and the combined aqueous phases are made basic with 10% sodium hydroxide solution and extracted twice, each with 50 ml acetic acid ethyl ester. The combined organic phases are cooled to ca. 0° C. and the precipitated solid is drawn off and dried. Yield: 20.5 g (63%) of the compound 1-diphenylmethyl-piperidin-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester with a MP of 166-168° C. This compound is heated to boiling for 8 hours together with 24 ml 20% hydrochloric acid in 100 ml water. After cooling, the precipitate is filtered and crystallized from 70 ml methanol. Yield: 15.6 g (74%). [0523]
    • Example 7A
  • 1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-3-carboxylic acid-(6-amineohexyl)-amide [0524]
  • 10.0 g (33.8 mmol) 1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-3-carboxylic acid hydrochloride are reacted analogously to example 6 with 8.6 g (68 mmol) oxalyl chloride to the acid chloride This is suspended in abs. dichlormethane and added to 6.64 g (30.7 mmol) N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-hexanediamine and 3.1 g (30.7 mmol) TEA and stirred at RT overnight. The mixture is subsequently concentrated, taken up in CHCl[0525] 3 and washed once with 50 ml 10% sodium hydroxide solution and twice with 30 ml water each. The organic phase is dried over sodium sulfate and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl3/CH3OH (100/0 to 98/2) and dissolved in 80 ml ethanol. After addition of 6 ml conc. hydrochloric acid, the mixture is heated to boiling for 5 hours. After cooling, the solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue is azeotropically dehydrated twice, each with 30 ml toluene, and subsequently dried under high-vacuum. The resin is further processed without additional purification Yield: 6.8 g (71%).
    • Example 8A
  • 4-(1-benzylpiperidin-3-yliden)-butyronitrile [0526]
  • 77.3 g (188.3 mmol) 3-cyanopropyl-triphenylphosphonium bromide are suspended in 300 ml toluene and added to 22.0 g (191.9 mmol) potassium tert-butylate. The mixture is cooled to ca. 0° C. under moisture exclusion and a solution of 34.6 g (182.8 mmol) 1-benzyl-3-piperidone in 50 ml toluene is added dropwise under cooling. The batch is left to stand overnight at ca. 0° C. and subsequently diluted with 200 ml toluene and washed twice, each with 100 ml water. The organic phase is extracted with 150 ml half concentrated hydrochloric acid. Subsequently, the aqueous phase is made basic with 200 ml 10% sodium hydroxide solution and extracted twice, each with 250 ml toluene The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residue is chromatographically purified over silica gel with CHCl[0527] 3/CH3OH (97/3). After drawing off the solvent, a light brown oil remains which is processed further without additional purification. Yield: 47.4 g (90%).
    • Example 9A
  • 4-(1-benzylpiperidin-3-yl)-butylamine [0528]
  • 8.0 g (33.3 mmol) 4-(1-benzylpiperidin-3-yliden)-butyronitrile are dissolved in 80 ml ethanol and added to a spatula tip of Raney-Nickel. The mixture is stirred at ca. 50° C. under hydrogen atmosphere until consumption of the theoretischen amount of hydrogen to be taken up (ca. 5 days). The mixture is filtrated from the catalyst and the solvent is removed under vacuum. The residue is chromatographically purified twice over silica gel with CHCl[0529] 3/CH3OH/NH4OH (90/10/1). After drawing off the solvent, a colorlesss oil remains which is further processed without additional purification. Yield: 3.9 g (47%).
  • The active ingredients according to the invention can be processed to the desired medicaments in the form of their acid addition salts, hydrates or solvates individually or in combination with each other, optionally under addition of other active ingredients, for the indications tumor treatment or immunosuppression. In the case of the combination of active ingredients according to the invention with other medicinal forms, these can also optionally be separately present next to each other in the medicine packaging, for example as tablets next to viles, depending on the requirements. [0530]
  • Therefore, further subject-matter of the invention is a method for the treatment of the human or animal body in which a compound or compound mixture according to formula (I), wherein the substituents have the above described meaning, is administered for treatment of tumors and/or as a cytostatic agent, cancerostatic agent, immunosuppressing, agent, optionally in combination with further cytostatic or immunosuppressive active ingredients or other active ingredients suitable in the named indications. [0531]
  • Furthermore, the invention relates to a compound or compound mixture according to formula (I) for use in a therepeutic method in which the therapeutic use is carried out in connection with one or more medical indications with tumors or for immunosuppression, optimally in combination with further pharmaceuticals suitable in the named indications. [0532]
  • The use of one or more compounds according to formula (I), including (E)-3-(3-pyridyl)-N-[2-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)ethyl]-2-propenamide hydrochloride, for the production of medicaments for the treatment of the human or animal body, especially in connection with one or more medical indications in the treatment of tumors or for immunosuppression, optimally in combination with further pharmaceuticals suitable in these indications or the use of compounds according to formula (I) in a corresponding diagnosis method represent an embodiment according to the invention. [0533]
  • The respective suitable tumor indications are illustrated in the last section of the description in the discussion of the pharmacological test results. [0534]
  • A method for the production of medicaments with an amount of one or more compounds according to formula (I) which are suitable for the processing of these active ingredients together with respective suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and adjuvants for finished medicinal forms equally belongs to the scope of protection according to the invention. [0535]
  • Depending on the medical indication being considered, the respective suitable medical form is selected for the suitable therapeutic application. [0536]
  • The invention also relates to the use of the compounds according to formula (I), including (E)-3-(3-pyridyl)-N-[2-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)ethyl]-2-propenamide hydrochloride, for treatment in the above indications. [0537]
  • The production of the respective suitable medicaments as well as a series of examples of medicinal forms are described in the following for better understanding of the invention. [0538]
    • Therapeutic Administration Forms
  • The production of medicaments with an amount of one or more compounds according to the invention and/or their use in the application according to the invention occurs in the customary manner by means of common pharmaceutical technology methods. For this, the active ingredients as such or in the form of their salts are processed together with suitable, pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvents and carriers to medicinal forms suitable for the various indications and types of application. Thereby, the medicaments can be produced in such a manner that the respective desired release rate is obtained, for example a quick flooding and/or a sustained or depot effect. [0539]
  • Preparations for parenteral use, to which injections and infusions belong, are among the most important systemically employed medicaments for tumor treatment as well as for other indications. [0540]
  • Preferably, injections are administered for the treatment of tumors. These are prepared either in the form of vials or also as so-called ready-to-use injection preparations, for example as ready-to-use syringes or single use syringes in addition to perforation bottles for multiple withdrawals. Administration of the injection preparations can occur in the form of subcutaneous (s.c.), intramuscular (i.m.), intravenous (i.v.) or intracutaneous (i.c.) application. The respective suitable injection forms can especially be produced as solutions, crystal suspensions, nanoparticular or colloid-disperse systems, such as for example, hydrosols. [0541]
  • The injectable formulations can also be produced as concentrates which can be adjusted with aqueous isotonic dilution agents to the desired active ingredient dosage. Furthermore, they can also be produced as powders, such as for example lyophilisates, which are then preferably dissolved or dispersed immediately before application with suitable diluents. The infusions can also be formulated in the form of isotonic solutions, fat emulsions, liposome formulations, microemulsions and liquids based on mixed micells, for example, based on phospholipids. As with injection preparations, infusion formulations can also be prepared in the form of concentrates to dilute. The injectable formulations can also be applied in the form of continuous infusions as in stationary as well as in out-patient therapy, for example in the form of mini-pumps. [0542]
  • Albumin, plasma expanders, surface active compounds, organic solvents, pH influencing compounds, complex forming compounds or polymeric compounds can be added to the parenteral medicinal forms, especially as substances for influencing the adsorption of the active ingredients to protein or polymers or also with the aim of decreasing the adsorption of the active ingredient to materials such as injection instruments or packaging materials, for example plastic or glass. [0543]
  • The active ingredients can be bound to nanoparticles in the preparations for parenteral use, for example on finely dispersed particles based on poly(meth)acrylates, polyacetates, polyglycolates, polyamino acids or polyether urethanes. The parenteral formulations can also be constructively modified as depot preparations, for example on the multiple unit principle, where the active ingredients are incorporated in a most finely distributed and/or dispersed, suspended form or as crystal suspensions, or on the single unit principle, where the active ingredient is enclosed in a medicinal form, for example, a tablet or a seed which is subsequently implanted. Often, these implantations or depot medicaments in single unit and multiple unit medicinal forms consist of so-called biodegradable polymers, such as for example, polyether urethanes of lactic and glycolic acid, polyether urethanes, polyamino acids, poly(meth)acrylates or polysaccharides. [0544]
  • Sterilized water, pH value influencing substances, such as for example organic and inorganic acids or bases as Well as their salts, buffer substances for setting the pH value, agents for isotonicity, such as for example sodium chloride, monosodium carbonate, glucose and fructose, tensides and/or surface active substances and emulsifiers, such as for example, partial fatty acid esters of polyoxyethylene sorbitan (Tween®) or for example fatty acid esters of polyoxethylene (Cremophor®), fatty oils such as for example peanut oil, soybean oil and castor oil, synthetic fatty acid esters, such as for example ethyl oleate, isopropyl myristate and neutral oil (Miglyol®) as well as polymer adjuvents such as for example gelatin, dextran, polyvinylpyrrolidone, organic solvent additives which increase solubility, such as for example propylene glycol, ethanol, N,N-dimethylacetamide, propylene glycol or complex forming compounds such as for example citrates and urea, preservatives, such as for example hydroxypropyl benzoate and hydroxymethyl benzoate, benzyl alcohol, anti-oxidants, such as for example sodium sulfite and stabilizers, such as for example EDTA, are suitable as adjuvents and carriers in the production of preparations for parenteral use. [0545]
  • In suspensions, addition of thickening agents to prevent the settling of the active ingredients from tensides and peptizers, to secure the ability of the sediment to be shaken, or complex formers, such as EDTA, ensues. This can also be achieved with the various polymeric agent complexes, for example with polyethylene glycols, polystyrol, carboxymethylcellulose, Pluronics® or polyethylene glycol sorbitan fatty acid esters. The active ingredient can also be incorporated in liquid formulations in the form of inclusion compounds, for example with cyclodextrins. As further adjuvents, dispersion agents are also suitable. For production of lyophilisates, builders are also used, such as for example mannite, dextran, saccharose, human albumin, lactose, PVP or gelatin varieties. [0546]
  • As long as the active ingredients are not incorporated in the liquid medicinal formulations in the form of a base, they are used in the form of their acid addition salts, hydrates or solvates in the preparations for parenteral use. [0547]
  • A further systemic application form of importance is peroral administration as tablets, hard or soft gelatin capsules, coated tablets, powders, pellets, microcapsules, oblong compressives, granules, chewable tablets, lozenges, gums or sachets. These solid peroral administration forms can also be prepared as sustained action and/or depot systems. Among these are medicaments with an amount of one or more micronized active ingredients, diffusions and erosion forms based on matrices, for example by using fats, wax-like and/or polymeric compounds, or so-called reservoir systems. As a retarding agent and/or agent for controlled release, film or matrix forming substances, such as for example ethylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, poly(meth)acrylate derivatives (for example Eudragit®), hydroxypropylmethylcellulose phthalate are suitable in organic solutions as well as in the form of aqueous dispersions. In this connection, so-called bio-adhesive preparations are also to be named in which the increased retention time in the body is achieved by intensive contact with the mucus membranes of the body. An example of a bio-adhesive polymer is the group of Carbomers®. [0548]
  • For sublingual application, compressives, such as for example non-disintegrating tablets in oblong form of a suitable size with a slow release of active ingredient, are especially suitable. For purposes of a targeted release of active ingredients in the various sections of the gastrointestinal tract, mixtures of pellets which release at the various places are employable, for example mixtures of gastric fluid soluble and small intestine soluble and/or gastric fluid resistant and large intestine soluble pellets. The same goal of releasing at various sections of the gastrointestinal tract can also be conceived by suitably produced laminated tablets with a core, whereby the coating of the agent is quickly released in gastric fluid and the core of the agent is slowly released in the small intestine milieu. The goal of controlled release at various sections of the gastrointestinal tract can also be attained by multilayer tablets. The pellet mixtures with differentially released agent can be filled into hard gelatin capsules. [0549]
  • Anti-stick and lubricant and separating agents, dispersion agents such as flame dispersed silicone dioxide, disintegrants, such as various starch types, PVC, cellulose esters as granulating or retarding agents, such as for example wax-like and/or polymeric compounds on the basis of Eudragit®, cellulose or Cremophor® are used as a further adjuvents for the production of compressives, such as for example tablets or hard and soft gelatin capsules as well as coated table and granulates. [0550]
  • Anti-oxidants, sweetening agents, such as for example saccharose, xylite or mannite, masking flavors, aromatics, preservatives, colorants, buffer substances, direct tableting agents, such as for example microcrystalline cellulose, starch and starch hydrolysates (for example Celutab®), lactose, polyethylene glycols, polyvinylpyrrolidone and dicalcium phosphate, lubricants, fillers, such as lactose or starch, binding agents in the form of lactose, starch varieties, such as-for example wheat or corn and/or rice starch, cellulose derivatives, for example methylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose or silica, talcum powder, stearates, such as for example magnesium stearate, aluminum stearate, calcium stearate, talc, siliconized talc, stearic acid, acetyl alcohol and hydrated fats are used. [0551]
  • In this connection, oral therapeutic systems constructed especially on osmotic principles, such as for example GIT (gastrointestinal therapeutic system) or OROS (oral osmotic system), are also to be mentioned. [0552]
  • Effervescent tablets or tabs. both of which represent immediately drinkable instant medicinal forms which are quickly dissolved or suspended in water are among the perorally administratable compressives. Among the perorally administratable forms are also solutions, for example drops, juices and suspensions, which can be produced according to the above given method, and can still contain preservatives for increasing stability and optionally aromatics for reasons of easier intake, and colorants for better differentiation as well as antioxidants and/or vitamins and sweeteners such as sugar or artificial sweetening agents. This is also true for inspisated juices which are formulated with water before ingestion. Ion exchange resins in combination with one or more active ingredients are also to be mentioned for the production of liquid ingestable forms. [0553]
  • A special release form consists in the preparation of so-called floating medicinal forms, for example based on tablets or pellets which develop gas over contact with body fluids and therefore float on the surface of the gastric fluid furthermore, so-called electronically controlled release systems can also be formulated by which active ingredient release can be selectively adjusted to individual needs. [0554]
  • A further group of systemic administration and also optionally topically effective medicinal forms are represented by rectally applicable medicaments. Among these are suppositories and enema formulations. The enema formulations can be prepared based on tablets with aqueous solvents for producing this administration form. Rectal capsules can also be made available based on gelatin or other carriers. [0555]
  • Hardened fat, such as for example Witepsol®, Massa Estarinum®, Novata®, coconut fat, glycerol-gelatin masses, glycerol-soap-gels and polyethylene glycols are suitable as suppository bases. [0556]
  • For long-term application with a systematic active ingredient release up to several weeks, pressed implants are suitable which are preferably formulated on the basis of so-called biodegradable polymers. [0557]
  • As a further important group of systemically active medicaments, transdermal systems are also to be emphasized Which distinguish themselves, as with the above-mentioned rectal forms, by circumventing the liver circulation system and/or liver metabolism. These plasters can be especially prepared as transdermal systems which are capable of releasing the active ingredient in a controlled manner over longer or shorter time periods based on different layers and/or mixtures of suitable adjuvents and carriers. Aside from suitable adjuvents and carriers such as solvents and polymeric components, for example based on Eudragit®, membrane infiltration increasing substances and/or permeation promoters, such as for example oleic acid, Azone®, adipinic acid derivatives, ethanol, urea, propylglycol are suitable in the production of transdermal systems of this type for the purpose of improved and/or accelerated penetration. [0558]
  • As topically, locally or regionally administration medicaments, the following are suitable as special formulations: vaginally or genitally applicable emulsions, creams, foam tablets, depot implants, ovular or transurethral adminstration installation solutions. For opthalmological application, highly sterile eye ointments, solutions and/or drops or creams and emulsions are suitable. [0559]
  • In the same manner, corresponding otological drops, ointments or creams can be designated for application to the ear. For both of the above-mentioned applications, the adminstration of semi-solid formulations, such as for example gels based on Carbopols® or other polymer compounds such as for example polyvinylpyrolidone and cellulose derivatives is also possible. [0560]
  • For customary application to the skin or also to the mucus membrane, normal emulsions, gels, ointments, creams or mixed phase and/or amphiphilic emulsion systems (oil/water-water/oil mixed phase) as well as liposomes and transfersomes can be named. Sodium algenate as a gel builder for production of a suitable foundation or celluolose derivatives, such as for example guar or xanthene gum, inorganic gel builders, such as for example aluminum hydroxides or bentonites (so-called thixotropic gel builder), polyacrylic acid derivatives, such as for example Carbopol®, polyvinylpyrolidone, microcrystalline cellulose or carboxymethylcellulose are suitable as adjuvents and/or carriers. Furthermore, amphiphilic low and high molecular weight compounds as well as phospholipids are suitable. The gels can be present either as hydrogels based on water or as hydrophobic organogels, for example based on mixtures of low and high molecular paraffin hydrocarbons and vaseline. [0561]
  • Anionic, cationic or neutral tensides can be employed as emulsifiers, for example alkalized soaps, methyl soaps, amine soaps, sulfanated compounds, cationic soaps, high fatty alcohols, partial fatty acid esters of sorbitan and polyoxyethylene sorbitan, for example lanette types, wool wax, lanolin, or other synthetic products for the production of oil/water and/or water/oil emulsions. [0562]
  • Hydrophilic organogels can be formulated, for example, on the basis of high molecular polyethylene glycols. These gel-like forms are washable. Vaseline, natural or synthetic waxes, fatty acids, fatty alcohols, fatty acid esters, for example as mono-, di-, or triglycerides, paraffin oil or vegetable oils, hardened castor oil or coconut oil, pig fat, synthetic fats, for example based on acrylic, caprinic, lauric and stearic acid, such as for example Sofltisan® or triglyceride mixtures such as Miglyol® are employed as lipids in the form of fat and/or oil and/or wax-like components for the production of ointments, creams or emulsions. [0563]
  • Osmotically effective acids and bases, such as for example hydrochloric acid, citric acid, sodium hydroxide solution, potassium hydroxide solution, monosodium carbonate, further buffer systems, such as for example citrate, phosphate, Tris-buffer or triethanolamine are used for adjusting the pH value. [0564]
  • Preservatives, for example such as methyl- or propyl benzoate (parabenes) or sorbic acid can be added for increasing stability. [0565]
  • Pastes, powders or solutions are to be mentioned as further topically applicable forms. Pastes often contain lipophilic and hydrophilic auxiliary agents with very high amounts of fatty matter as a consistency-giving base. [0566]
  • Powders or topically applicable powders can contain for example starch varieties such as wheat or rice starch, flame dispersed silicon dioxide or silica, which also serve as diluents, for increasing flowability as well as lubricity as well as for preventing agglomerates. [0567]
  • Nose drops or nose sprays serve as nasal application forms. In this connection, nebulizers or nose creams or ointments can come to use. [0568]
  • Furthermore, nose spray or dry powder formulations as well as controlled dosage aerosols are also suitable for systemic administeration of the active ingredients. [0569]
  • These pressure and/or controlled dosage aerosols and dry powder formulations can be inhaled and/or insufflated. Administration forms of this type also certainly have importance for direct, regional application in the lung or bronchi and larynx. Thereby, the dry powder compositions can be formulated for example as active ingredient-soft pellets, as an active ingredient-pellet mixture with suitable carriers, such as for example lactose and/or glucose. For inhalation or insufflation, common applicators are suitable which are suitable for the treatment of the nose, mouth and/or pharynx. The active ingredients can also be applied by means of an ultrasonic nebulizing device. As a propellant gas for aerosol spray formulations and/or controlled dosage aerosols, tetrafluoroethane or HFC 134a and/or heptafluoropropane or HFC 227 are suitable, wherein non-fluorinated hydrocarbons or other propellants which are gaseous at normal pressure and room temperature, such as for example propane, butane or dimethyl ether can be preferred. Instead of controlled dosage aerosols, propellant-free, manual pump systems can also be used. [0570]
  • The propellant gas aerosols can also suitably contain surface active adjuvents, such as for example isopropyl myristate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, sorbitan trioleate, lecithins or soya lecithin. [0571]
  • For regional application in situ, solutions for installation, for example for transurethral administration in bladder tumors or genital tumors, or for profusion in liver tumors or other organ carcinomas are suitable. [0572]
  • The respective suitable medicinal forms can be produced in accordance with the prescription and procedures based on pharmaceutical-physical fundamentals as they are described for example in the following handbooks and are included in the present inventive subject-matter with respect to the production of the respective suitable medicaments: [0573]
  • Physical Pharmacy (A. N. Martin, J. Swarbrick, A. Cammarata), 2nd Ed., Philadelphia Pa., (1970), German version: Physikalische Pharmazie, (1987), 3rd edition, Stuttgart; [0574]
  • R. Voigt, M. Bornschein, Lehrbuch der pharmazeutischen Technologie, Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, (1984), 5th edition; [0575]
  • P. H. List, Arzneimformenlehre, Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Stuttgart, (1985), 4th edition; [0576]
  • H. Sucker, P. Fuchs, P. Speiser, Pharmazeutische Technologie, Georg Thieme Verlag, Stuttgart—New York, (1991), 2nd edition; [0577]
  • A. T. Florence, D. Attwood, Physicochemical Principles of Pharmacy, The Maximilian Press Ltd., Hong Kong, (1981); [0578]
  • L. A. Trissel, Handbook on Injectable Drugs, American Society of Hospital Pharmacists, (1994), 8th edition; [0579]
  • Y. W. Chien, Transdermal Controlled Systemic Medications, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York—Basel, (1987); [0580]
  • K. E. Avis, L. Lachmann, H. A. Liebermann, Pharmaceutical Dosage Forms: Parenteral Medications, volume 2, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York—Basel, (1986); [0581]
  • B. W. Müller, Controlled Drug Delivery, Paperback APV, volume 17, Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Stuttgart, (1987); [0582]
  • H. Asch, D. Essig, P. C. Schmidt, Technologie von Salben, Suspensionen und Emulsionen, Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft mbH, Stuttgart, (1984); [0583]
  • H. A. Liebermann, L. Lachman, J. B. Schwartz, Pharmaceutical Desage forms: Tablets, Volume 1, Marcel Dekker Inc., New York, 2nd Edition (1989); [0584]
  • D. Chulin, M. Deleuil, Y. Pourcelot, Powder Technology and Pharmaceutical Processes, in J. C. Williams, T. Allen, Handbook of Powder Technology, Elsevier Amsterdam—London—New York—Tokyo, (1994); [0585]
  • J. T. Carstensen, Pharmaceutical Principles of Solid Dosage Forms, Technomic Publishing Co., Inc., Lancaster—Basel, (1993). [0586]
    • Production Examples
  • 1. Injection Therapeutics [0587]
  • a) Parenteral Solution [0588]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 5.000 g
    acid sodium phosphate 5.000 g
    sodium tartrate 12.000 g
    benzyl alcohol 7.500 g
    water for injection purposes to 1000.000 ml
  • The solution is produced according to the customary method, sterilized and filled into 10 ml vials. One vial contains 50 mg of the compound according to the invention. [0589]
  • b) Penteral Solution [0590]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 1.000 g
    hydrochloric acid, dilute 5.000 g
    sodium chloride 6.000 g
    water for injection purposes to 1000.000 ml
  • The solution is produced according to a customary method by stirring; the medicinal form is adjusted to a suitable pH value by acid addition and subsequently filled into 100 ml vials and sterilized. A vial contains 100 mg of the compound according to the invention. [0591]
  • c) Parenteral Dispersion [0592]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 10.000 g
    soya lecithin 20.000 g
    saturated triglycerides 100.000 g
    sodium hydroxide 7.650 g
    water for injection purposes to 1000.000 ml
  • The active ingredient(s) used according to the invention is dispersed in the saturated triglycerides. Then the soya lecithin is added under stirring, and subsequent to this, the aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide is added with subsequent liomogenization. The dispersion is sterilized and filled into 10 ml vials. A vial contains 50 mg of the compound according to the invention. [0593]
  • d) Biodegradable Parenteral Depot Medicinal Form [0594]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 10.000
    polylactic acid /polygylcolic acid polymer 70.000
    polyvinylpyrrolidone 0.200
    gelatin 2.000
    soya lecithin 2.000
    isotonic sodium chloride solution to 1000.000 ml
  • First, the active ingredient is incorporated into the biodegradable polymer comprising polylactic acid and polyglycolic acid by a suitable method (spray drying, solvent-evaporation or phase separation) and subsequently subjected to a sterilization process. The particles are introduced into a 2-chamber ready-made syringe in which the adjuvent solution, which is also produced in a sterile manner, is filled. The biodegradable microparticles are mixed with the dispersion agent shortly before application and dispersed. A ready-made syringe contains 200 mg of the active compound according to the invention. [0595]
  • e) Parenteral Dispersion for Subcutaneous Installation [0596]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 25,000 g
    soya lecithin 25,000 g
    arachis oil 400,000 g
    benzyl alcohol 50,000 g
    Miglyole ® to 1000,000 g
  • The active ingredient is dispersed together with soya lecithin and arachis oil. The benzyl alcohol is dissolved in Miglyole® and added to the dispersion. The entire dispersion is sterilized and subsequently filled into vials with 2 ml content. A vial contains 50 mg active ingredient. [0597]
  • f) Parenteral Perfusions Solution [0598]
  • The solution named under example b) can also be used for perfusion of liver for example. [0599]
  • According to need, instead of ampules with injection solution, so-called perforation bottles (vials), which can also be optionally preserved, and infusion solutions with an amount of one or more active ingredients according to the invention can also be made available in the customary manner under addition of buffer substances for adjustment of physiological pH value and/or the isotonicity and/or a best possible suitable pH value for the medicinal form (euhydria) and optional further required nutrients, vitamins, amino acids, stablizers and other necessary adjuvents, possibly in combination with further medicinal agents suitable for the mentioned indications. [0600]
  • 2 Solid, Peroral Administration Medicaments [0601]
  • a) Tablets [0602]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 10,000 g
    lactose 5,200 g
    starch, soluble 1,800 g
    hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 900 g
    magnesium stearate 100 g
  • The above components are mixed with each other and compacted in a conventional manner, wherein a tablet weight of 180 mg is set. Each tablet contains 100 mg active ingredient. If desired, the tablets obtained in this manner are coated, provided with a film coat and/or enterically coated. [0603]
  • b) Coated Tablet Core [0604]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 10,000 g
    flame dispersed silicon dioxide 500 g
    corn starch 2,250 g
    stearic acid 350 g
    ethanol 3.0 l
    gelatin 900 g
    purified water 10.0 l
    talcum 300 g
    magnesium stearate 180 g
  • From these components, a granulate is produced which is pressed to the desired coated tablet cores. Each core contains 50 mg of active ingredient. The core can be further processed in a customary manner to coated tablets. If desired, a gastric fluid resistant or retarding fine coat can be applied in a known manner. [0605]
  • c) Drink Suspension in Vials [0606]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 0.050 g
    glycerin 0.500 g
    sorbite, 70% solution 0.500 g
    sodium saccharinate 0.010 g
    methyl-p-hydroxybenzoate 0.040 g
    aromatic agent q.s.
    sterile wasser q.s. to 5 ml
  • The above-mentioned components are mixed in a customary manner to a suspension and filled in a suitable drink vial having 5 ml content. [0607]
  • d) Poorly Soluble Sublingual Tablets [0608]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 0.030 g
    lactose 0.100 g
    stearic acid 0.004 g
    talcum purum 0.015 g
    sweetener q.s.
    aromatic agent q.s.
    rice starch q.s. to 0.500 g
  • The active ingredient is compacted together with the adjuvents under high pressure to sublingual tablets, favorably in oblong form. [0609]
  • e) Soft Gel Capsule [0610]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 0.050 g
    fatty acid glyceride mixture (Miglyole ®) q.s. to 0.500 g
  • The active ingredient is impasted together with the fluid carrier mixture and mixed together with further adjuvents suitable for the incapsulation and filled into elastic soft gelatin capsules which are sealed. [0611]
  • f) Hard Gelatin Capsules [0612]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 0.150 g
    microcrystalline cellulose 0.100 g
    hydroxypropylmethylcellulose 0.030 g
    mannite 0.100 g
    ethylcellulose 0.050 g
    triethyl citrate 0.010 g
  • The active ingredient is mixed together with the adjuvents, microcrystalline cellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose and mannite, wet with granulation liquid and formed into pellets. These are subsequently coated with a solution of ethylcellulose and triethyl citrate in organic solvents in a fluidized-bed apparatus. A hard gelatin capsule contains 150 mg of active ingredient. [0613]
  • 3. Topically Administratable Medicinal Forms [0614]
  • a) Hydrophilic Ointment [0615]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 0.500 g
    Eucerinum ® anhydricum 60.000 g
    microcrystalline wax 15.000 g
    vaseline oil q.s. to 100.000 g
  • The above-mentioned adjuvents are melted and further processed together with the active ingredient to an ointment in a customary manner. [0616]
  • b) Lipophilic Ointment [0617]
    active ingredient used according to the invention 10.000 g
    propylene glycol 50.000 g
    paraffin, liquid 100.000 g
    paraffin wax 100.000 g
    vaseline to 1000.000 ml
  • The active ingredient(s) used according to the invention is dissolved in propylene glycol at ca. 60° C. At the same time, the lipophilic components are melted at 60-70° C. and subsequently combined with the active ingredient solution. The ointment is emulsified at first at 60-70° C. and subsequently cooled to 35-40° C. under constant emulsification and then filled in 10 g tubes. A tube contains 100 mg of the compound according to the invention. [0618]
  • 4. Inhalation Therapeutic [0619]
  • Further subject-matter is a pharmaceutical formulation which is characterized in that it contians an active ingredient(s) used according to the invention as a base or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof together with carriers and/or diluents customary for this and suitable for administration by means of inhalation. [0620]
  • In connection with the production of the medicaments, particularly suitable physiologically acceptable salts of the active ingredients are, as already illustrated in the synthesis section, acid addition salts derived from inorganic or organic acids such as for example especially hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, phosphate, maleate, tartrate, citrate, benzoate, 4-methoxybenzoate, 2- or 4-hydroxybenzoate, 4-chlorobenzoate, p-tosylate, methaneosulfonate, ascorbate, salicylate, acetate, formate, succinate, lactate, glutarate, gluconate or tricarballylate. [0621]
  • The administration of the active ingredient(s) used of the invention by means of inhalation occurs according to the invention in conventional ways customary for administrations of this form, for example in the form of a commercial controlled dosage aerosol or in combination with a spacer. In controlled dosage aerosols, a metering valve is delivered with whose help, a dosed amount of the composition is administered. For spraying, the present compositions can be formulated for example as aqueous solutions or suspensions and be administered by means of an atomizer. Aerosol spray formulations in which the active ingredient is either suspended with one or two stabilizers in a propellant as a carrier and/or diluent, for example tetrafluoroethane or MFC 134a and/or heptafluoropropane or HFC 227 can equally be used, whereby however, non-fluorinated hydrocarbons or other propellants which are gaseous at normal pressure and room temperature, such as propane, butane or dimethyl ether, can be preferred. Thereby, propellant-free manual pump systems or dry powder systems as desribed below can also be used. [0622]
  • Suitably, the propellant aerosols can also contain surface active adjuvents, such as for example isopropyl myristate, polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid ester, sorbitan trioleate, lecithins, oleic acid. [0623]
  • For administration by means of inhalation and/or insufflation, the medicaments with an amount of compounds according to the invention can also be formulated in the form of dry powder compositions, for example as active ingredient-soft pellets or as an active ingredient-powder mixture with a suitable carrier such as for example lactose and/or glucose. The powder compositions can be formulated and administered as single doses or as multiple doses. [0624]
  • The compounds according to the invention are preferably administered by means of a controlled dosage aerosol or in the form of a dry powder dosage formulation, wherein the latter preferably contains glucose and/or lactose as a carrier substance. [0625]
  • As applicators for inhalation of the pharmaceutical formulations containing one or more of the active ingredient(s) used according to the invention, all applicators are generally suitable which are suitable for controlled dosage aerosols and/or a dry powder dosage formulation, such as for example usual applicators for the nose, mouth and or pharynx, or also devices standing under propellant gas for the delivery of a spray (as controlled dosage aerosol or dry powder dosage formulation) as they are also used for inhalations in the nose, mouth and/or pharynx. [0626]
  • A further embodiment can also consist of an aqueous solution of the active ingredient(s) used according to the invention, which also optionally contains further active ingredients and/or additives, which are applied by means of an ultrasound atomizer. [0627]
  • a) Controlled Dosage Aerosol [0628]
    Intended
    dose per aerosol
    per stroke % by weight
    active ingredient used according 0.500 mg 0.66
    to the invention
    stabilizer 0.075 mg 0.10
    HFC 134a 75.500 mg 99.24
  • b) Controlled Dosage Aerosol [0629]
    Intended dose per aerosol
    per stroke % by weight
    active ingredient used according  0.250 mg 0.32
    to the invention
    Stabilizer  0.038 mg 0.05
    HFC 227 79.180 mg 99.63
  • In the examples a) and b) the micronized active ingredient is, after previous dispersion in a small amount of the stabilizer, placed in a suspension vessel in which the bulk amount of propellant gas solution is found. The corresponding suspension is dispersed by means of a suitable stirring system (for example high performance mixer or ultrasound mixer) until an ultra-fine dispersion results. The suspension is then continuously held in flux in a filling apparatus suitable for cold propellants or pressure fillings. Alternatively, the suspension can also be produced in a suitable cooled stabilizer solution in IEC 134a/227. [0630]
  • The examples c) to d) describe the composition and production of dosage dry powder formulations. [0631]
    mg/dose
    c) Dosage-Dry Powder Formulation
    active ingredient used according to the invention 0.500 mg
    d) Dosage-Dry Powder Formulation
    active ingredient used according to the invention 0.500 mg
    lactose Ph.Eur. to 2.5 mg or
    to 5.0 mg
    e) Dosage-Dry Powder Formulation
    active ingredient used according to the invention 0.250 mg
    lactose Ph.Eur. to 2.5 mg or
    to 5.0 mg
  • Im example c) the active ingredient is formulated after micronization under addition of steam as pellets with an MMAD between 0,1 and 0,3 mm diameter and brought to use in a multi-dose powder applicator. [0632]
  • In the examples d) and e) the active ingredient is micronized, thereafter, bulk material is mixed with the lactose in the given amounts, and subsequently, filled in a multi-dose powder inhilator. [0633]
  • In all of the examples set forth above, the active ingredient or the medicinal agent in the form of the respective, suitable pharmaceutical acceptable salt and/or acid addition salts can be present, insofar as the base is not preferred in each case. [0634]
  • In the following, the pharmaceutical test results obtained in connection with the newly found indications based, in a representative manner, on the specifically structured new compounds are described. [0635]
    • Pharmaceutical Experimental Section
  • 1. Growth Inhibition of Human Tumor Cells [0636]
  • The tumor growth inhibiting activity of the substances was determined on human tumor cells in standardized in vitro test systems. In the screening tests, the substances gave IC[0637] 50-values in a concentration range of 0.1 nM to 10 μM.
    • EXAMPLE
  • HepG2 cells plated at a density of 20,000 cells/ml in 12-well plastic dishes. Cultivation occured in Richters IMEM-ZO nutrient medium with 5% fetal calf serum (FCS) in a tissue culture incubator with a gas mixture of 5% CO[0638] 2 and 95% air at a temperature of 37° C. One day after plating, the culture medium was aspirated from the cells and replaced by fresh medium which contained the respective concentrations of the test substances. For the individual concentrations and the controls without test substances, three-fold batches were done for each. Three days after the beginning of treatment, the medium was again renewed with the test compounds. After six days of substance incubation, the test was ended and the protein amount in the individual wells was determined with the sulforhodamin-B-method (according to P. Skehan et al.: New Colorimetric Cytotoxity Assay for Anticancer-Drug Screening. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 82: 1107-1112, 1990). The IC50-values (defined as that concentration in which the cell growth was inhibited by 50%) was taken from the dose-response curves and given as a comparative measurement for the activity of the test compounds.
  • The following results were obtained: [0639]
    Test substance No IC50-value [μM]
    136 0.002
    153 0.002
    159 0.0005
    178 0.0007
    199 0.001
  • 2. Indications [0640]
  • The compounds of formula (I) and their salts permit a therapeutic use in malignant illness of humans and animals through their excellent inhibition of the growth of tumor cells The anti-neoplastic activity of the described substances can be used for prophylactic, adjunct, palliative, and curative treatment of solid-tumors, leukemic illnesses and lymphomas as well as for decreasing or preventing metastasis formation in humans and animals. The therapeutic use is possible in the following illnesses for example: gynecological tumors, such as of the uterus or the vagina, ovarian carcinomas, testicle tumors, prostate carcinomas, skin cancer, kidney cancer, bladder tumors, esophagus carcinomas, stomach cancer, rectal carcinomas, pancreas carcinomas, thyroid cancer, adrenal tumors, leukemia and lymphomas, Hodgkin's disease, tumor illnesses of the CNS, soft-tissue sarcomas, bone sarcomas, benign and malignant mesotheliomas, but especially intestine cancer, liver cancer, breast cancer, bronchial and lung carcinomas, melanomas, acute and chronic leukemias. Benign papillomatosis tumors are also considered for therapy with the named substances. [0641]
  • The novel structural class of compounds possesses an independent activity profile in the effectiveness against the various tumor types. Thus, tumors which are resistant to customary cytostatic agents, for example, can respond entirely to these substances. In addition, based on the independent characteristics, combinations of the new compounds with known chemo-therapeutically used pharmaceuticals or other methods of treatment are considered as long as their properties are complimented in a suitable manner. The integration of the presently used compounds with their specific structures in a therapy scheme is successful with one or more substances from the following classes for example: anti-metabolites (for example cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil, 6-mercaptopurine, methotrexate), alkylating agents (for example busulfan, carmnustine, cisplatin, carboplatin, cyclophospharpide, dacarbazine, melphalane, thiotepa), DNA-intercalating substances and topoisomerase inhibitors (for example actinomycin D, daunorubicin, doxorubicin, mitomycin C, mitoxantrone, etoposide, teniposide, topotecan, irinotecan), spindle poisons (for example vincristine, navelbin, taxol, taxoter), hormonally active agents (for example tamoxifen, flutamide, formestan, goserelin) or other cytostatic agents with complex modes of action (for example L-asparaginase, bleomycin, hydroxyurea). Resistant tumor cells can be made sensitive again by interaction of the new compounds with a mechanism of resistance for common cytostatic agents (for example P-glycoprotein, MRP, glutathlione-S-transferase, metallothionein). A combination is also applicable with radiation therapy, hyperthermia or immunotherapy, for example. [0642]
  • 3. Immuno Suppressing Activity [0643]
  • Many anti-tumor agents have not only a cytotoxic effect on tumor cells, but also on the blood cell system. This leads to a weakening of the immune defence, which can, in turn, be specifically employed to suppress the rejection reaction after an organ transplantation for example. Therefore, a use of the main compounds, optionally in combination with other compounds effective for these indications is suitable in diseases such as psoriasis or autoimmune diseases. In order to test the possibility for a therapeutic use in illnesses of this type, the substance activity was tested on freshly isolated lymphocytes as follows: [0644]
  • The spleen of a Swiss mouse served as a lymphocyte source. The lymphocyte population was isolated from the spleen cell suspension over a ficoll gradient and taken up in IMEM-ZO culture medium with 0,1% dextran 70,000 and 2% fetal calf serum. The cells were plated at a density of ca. 500,000 cells/well/ml in a 12-well plate, 1 ml doubly concentrated test substance solution was pipetted per well and this was subsequently incubated in a tissue culture incubator at 37° C. and 5% CO[0645] 2. After 2 days, a 1 ml-aliquot with 5 μl of the fluorescent dye solutions propidium iodide (8 mg/ml) and 3,3′-dihexyloxacarbocyanin iodide (40 μg/ml) each was added per well, and incubated for 3 minutes at room temperature. Subsequently, 10,000 cells per each sample were measured on a flow-through cytometer and the percentage amount of vital cells in the population was determined. By means of the dose-response curves, IC50-values were calculated which were also employed in the following Tables for the characterization of the individual substances:
    Test Substance No. IC50 [μM]
    150 0.0002
    153 0.00008
    159 0.003
    195 0.002
    199 0.00004
  • The independent class of the compounds used according to the invention also permits an efficient combination with known immunosuppressive agents such as for example cyclosporin A, tacrolimus, rapamycin, azathioprin and glucocorticoids. [0646]
  • The invention is in no way limited to the present respective concretely named active ingredient concentrations, dosages, combinations with one or more other cytostatic agents, tumor inhibitors, cancerostatic agents, immunosuppressive agents or further medicincal agents suitable for the respective specific indications or the type of tumor to treated or immunological illness, etc. [0647]

Claims (40)

1. Compounds of formula (I)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00345
wherein
R1 hydrogen, halogen, cyano, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, benzyloxy, aminocarbonyl, carboxy, phenyl, phenoxy, phenylthio, pyridyloxy, pyridylthio,
alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl,
alkenyl, especially C3-C6-alkenyl,
alkinyl, especially C3-C6-alkinyl,
hydroxyalkyl, especially C1-C6-hydroxyalkyl,
alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy,
alkenyloxy, especially C3-C6-alkenyloxy,
alkinyloxy, especially C3-C6-alkinyloxy,
alkanoyloxy, especially C1-C7-alkanoyloxy,
alkoxycarbonyloxy, especially C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyloxy,
alkylthio, especially C1-C6-alkylthio,
alkenylthio, especially C3-C6-alkenylthio,
alkinylthio, especially C3-C6-alkinylthio,
cycloalkyl, especially C3-C8-cycloalkyl,
cycloalkyloxy, especially C3-C8-cycloalkyloxy,
cycloalkylthio, especially C3-C8-cycloalkylthio,
alkoxycarbonyl, especially C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl,
alkylaminocarbonyl, especially C2-C7-alkylaminocarbonyl,
dialkylaminocarbonyl, especially C3-C13-dialkylaminocarbonyl, or NR5R6, wherein
R5 and
R6 are selected independently of each other from hydrogen,
alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl,
alkenyl, especially C3-C6-alkenyl and
alkinyl, especially C3-C6-alkinyl,
R2 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, hydroxy, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy,
alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl,
alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy or
alkanoyloxy, especially C1-C7-alkanoyloxy,
wherein R1 and R2, if they are adjacent, optionally form a bridge which is selected from
 —(CH2)4—, —(CH═CH)2— and —CH2O—CR7R8—O—, wherein
R7 and
R8 are, independently of each other, hydrogen or alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl,
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxyalkyl, especially C1-C6-hdroxyalkyl and
R4 is hydrogen, hydroxy, benzyloxy,
alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl,
alkenyl, especially C3-C6-alkenyl,
alkinyl, especially C3-C6-alkinyl,
cycloalkyl, especially C3-C6-cycloalkyl or
alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy,
k is 0 or 1,
A is alkenylene with at least than two C-atoms, especially C2-C6-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once to three-fold by C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy, C1-C3-alkoxy, fluorine, cyano or phenyl,
alkadienylene with at least four C-atoms, especially C4-C6— alkadienylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl, fluorine, cyano or phenyl,
1,3,5-hexatrienylene, which is optionally substutited by C1-C3-alkyl, fluorine, cyano, or phenyl,
ethinylene
D is selected from alkylene, especially C1-C10-alkylene, optionally substituted once or twice by alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, or alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy,
alkenylene with at least two C-atoms, especially C2-C10-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by alkyl especially C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, or alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E,
alkinylene with at least three C-atoms, especially C3-C10-alkinylene, optionally substituted once or twice by alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy or alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy, and
alkylene, especially C1-C10-alkylene, alkenylene with at least two C-atoms, especially C2-C10-alkenylene or alkinylene with at least three C-atoms, especially C3-C10-alkinylene, whereby one to three methylene units are each isosterically replaced by O, S, NR9, CO, SO or SO2 wherein
R9 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, alkenyl, especially C3-C6-alkenyl, alkinyl, especially C3-C6-alkinyl, acyl, especially C1-C6-acyl or alkylsulfonyl, especially C1-C6-alkylsulfonyl, has the same meaning as
E is selected from
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00346
 wherein the heterocyclic ring can also optionally have a double bond and
n and
p can be, independently of one another 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p≦4 and
q is 2 or 3,
R10 is hydrogen, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, carboxy or alkoxycarbonyl with at least two C-atoms, especially C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl and
R11 is hydrogen, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl or or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom, wherein
R10 and R11 optionally together, form an alkylene bridge with 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 C-atoms, especially a C1-C3-alkylene bridge under formation of a bicyclic ring system,
G is selected from hydrogen,
G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5, wherein
G1 represents the residue
—(CH2)r—(CR13R14)s—R12 (G1)
 wherein
r is an integer from 1 to 3 or 0 and
s is 0 or 1,
R12 is selected from hydrogen, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, alkenyl with at least three C-atoms, especially C3-C6-alkenyl, alkinyl with at least three C-atoms, especially C3-C6-alkinyl, cycloalkyl with at least three C-atoms, especially C3-C8-cycloalkyl,
saturated, five to seven membered heterocycles, which can contain one or two hetero-atoms from the group N and/or S and/or O,
benzyl or phenyl,
monocyclic aromatic five or six-membered heterocycles, which can contain one to three hetero-atoms from the group N and/or S and/or O and are either bound directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
R13 has the same meaning as R12, but is selected independently thereof,
R14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl, phenyl,
monocyclic aromatic five- or six-membered heterocycles, which can contain one to three hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O and are either bound directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
G2 is the residue
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00347
 or
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00348
 wherein the substituents R12 and R14 can have the above meaning or the grouping
—NR12R14
 can also be a nitrogen heterocycle bound over the nitrogen atom, selected from
saturated or unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O, or
saturated or unsaturated bi- or tricyclic, anellated or bridged heterocycles with 8 to 16 ring atoms, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O,
G3 is the residue
—SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3)
 and
G4 is the residue
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00349
 wherein
Ar1 and Ar2 are selected independently from one another from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl and
G5 is the residue
—COR15  (G5)
 wherein
R15 is selected from trifluoromethyl, alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy, alkenyloxy, especially C3-C6-alkenyloxy, or benzyloxy,
wherein any aryl residues and/or aromatic ring systems in the substituents R1, R2, R4, R12, R13, R14, R15, Ar1 and Ar2 and/or in the ring system —NR12R14 can be substituted independently from each other by one to three of the same or different residues which are selected from halogen, cyano, alkyl, especially C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, cycloalkyl, especially C3-C8-cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, especially C1-C6-alkoxy, alkoxy, substituted entirely or partially by fluorine, substituted alkoxy especially C1-C6-alkoxy, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, alkylthio, especially C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, alkoxycarbonyl, especially C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, monoalkylamino, especially mono-C1-C6-alkylamino, dialkylamino, especially di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino and methylenedioxy for two adjacent groups on the aromatic ring or ring system, wherein each of the residues alkyl, alkenyl, alkinyl, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, alkenyloxy, alkinyloxy, alkanoyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyloxy, alkylthio, alkenylthio, alkinylthio, alkylene, acyl, alkylsulfonyl, alkenylene, alkinylene, cycloalkyl, cycloalkyloxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl or dialkylaminocarbonyl of the
substituents R1 to R13 can have 1 to 2 or 4, 6, 8, 10 or 12 C-atoms and/or 2 or 3 to 5, 7, 9, 11 or 13 and/or 15 C-atoms or 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 or 15 C-atoms depending on the structure, as well as
stereoisomers and/or mixtures thereof and pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts
with the exception of (E)-3-(3-piridyl)-N-[2-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)ethyl]-2-propenamide hydrochloride.
2. Compound of formula (I)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00350
wherein
R1 is a hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, C3-C6-alkinyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C1-C6-hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, C3-C6-alkenyloxy, C3-C6-alkinyloxy, benzyloxy, C1-C7-alkanoyloxy, C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyloxy, C1-C6-alkylthio, C3-C6-alkenylthio. C3-C6-alkinylthio, C3-C8-cycloalkyloxy, C3-C8-cycloalkylthio, C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C2-C7-alkylaminocarbonyl, C3-C13-dialkylaminocarbonyl, carboxy, phenyl, phenoxy, phenylthio, pyridyloxy, pyridylthio, or NR5R6, wherein
R5 and
R6 are selected independently from each other from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl and C3-C6-alkinyl,
R2 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, benzyloxy or C1-C7-alkanoyloxy,
wherein R1 and R2, in case they are adjacent, optionally form a bridge which is selected from the bridge members —(CH2)4— and —(CH═CH)2— and —CH2O—CR7R8—O—, wherein
R7 and
R8 are, independently from each other, hydrogen or C1-C6-alkyl,
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl or C1-C6-hydroxyalkyl and
R4 is hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, C3-C6-alkinyl, C3-C6-cycloalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy or benzyloxy,
k is 0 or 1,
A is C2-C6-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once to three-fold by C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy, C1-C3-alkoxy, fluorine, cyano or phenyl,
C4-C6— alkadienylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl, fluorine, cyano or phenyl
1,3,5-hexatrienylene, which is optionally substituted by C1-C3-alkyl, fluorine,
cyano or phenyl
ethinylene
D is selected from C1-C10-alkylene, optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, or C1-C6-alkoxy,
C2-C10-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twich by C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, or C1-C6-alkoxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E,
C3-C10-alkinylene, optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, or C1-C6-alkoxy, and
C1-C10-alkylene, C2-C10-alkenylene or C3-C10-alkinylene, wherein one to three methylene units are each isosterically replaced by O, S, NR9, CO, SO or SO2, wherein
R9 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, C3-C6-alkinyl, C1-C6-acyl or C1-C6-alkylsulfonyl,
E is selected from
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00351
 wherein the heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond and
n and
p can be, independently of each other, 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p≦4 and
q is 2 or 3,
R10 is hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, carboxy or C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl and
R11 hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom, wherein
R10 and R11 optionally together form a C1-C3-alkylene bridge under formation of a bi-cyclic ring system,
G is selected from hydrogen,
G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5, wherein
G1 represents the residue
—(CH2)r—(CR13R14)s—R12 (G1)  
 wherein
r is an integer from 1 to 3 or 0 and
s is 0 or 1,
R12 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, C3-C6-alkinyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl,
saturated, five- to seven-membered heterocycles, which can contain one or two hetero-atoms from the group N and/or S and/or O,
benzyl or phenyl,
monocyclic aromatic five or six-membered heterocycles, which can contain one to three hetero-atoms from the group N and/or S and/or O and are either bound directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic ring or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
R13 has the same meaning as R12, but is selected independently thereof,
R14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl, phenyl,
monocyclic aromatic five- or six-membered heterocycles, which can contain one to three hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O and are either bound directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein the linkage can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from N and/or S and/or O and the linkage can occur either over an aromatic ring or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
G2 is the residue
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00352
 or
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00353
 wherein the substituents R12 and R14 can have the above meaning or the grouping
NR12R14
can also be a nitrogen heterocycle bound over the nitrogen atom, selected from
saturated or unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O, or
saturated or unsaturated bi- or tricyclic, anellated or bridged heterocycles with 8 to 16 ring atoms, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O,
G3 is the residue
—SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3)
 and
G4 is the residue
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00354
 wherein
Ar1 and Ar2 are selected independently from one another from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl and
G5 is the residue
—COR15  (G5)
 wherein
R15 is selected from trifluoromethyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, C3-C6-alkenyloxy, or benzyloxy, and wherein
aromatic ring systems in the substituents R1, R2, R4, R12, R13, R14, R15, Ar1 and Ar2 and/or in the ring system —NR12R14 can be substituted independently from each other by one to three of the same or different residues which are selected from halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-Cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, which can optionally be entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C1-C6-alkylamino or di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino and methylenedioxy for two adjacent groups on the aromatic ring or ring system,
their stereoisomers thereof and/or their mixtures thereof and pharmacologically acceptable
acid addition salts
with the exception of (E)-3-(3-piridyl)-N-[2-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yl)ethyl]-2-propenamide hydrochloride.
3. Compounds according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that the substituents R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8, R9, R12, R13, R14 and R15 as well as A and D indicated therein have the following meaning in connection with the given substitutions according to formula (I)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00355
wherein
halogen is fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine,
C1-C6-alkyl can be straight chain or branched and is preferably a methyl-, ethyl-, propyl-, isopropyl-, butyl-, isobutyl-, sec-butyl-, tert-butyl-, cyclopropylmethyl-, pentyl-, isopentyl-, tert-pentyl-, neopentyl-, cyclopropylethyl-, cyclobutylmethyl- or a hexyl group,
alkylene is for example methylene, ethylene, propylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, heptamethylene, octamethylene, nonamethylene or decamethylene,
C3-C6-alkenyl is straight chain or branched and is preferably an allyl-, 2-butenyl-, 3-butenyl-, 2-methyl-2-propenyl-, 2-pentenyl-, 4-pentenyl-, 2-methyl-2-butenyl-, 3-methyl-2-butenyl-, 2-hexenyl-, 5-hexenyl-, 4-methyl-3-pentenyl- or 2,2-dimethyl-3-butenyl group,
alkenylene is for example ethenylene, propenylene, butenylene, pentenylene, hexenylene, hexathenylene, heptenylene, octenylene, nonenylene or decenylene,
C3-C6-alkinyl is straight chain or branched and is preferably a propargyl-, 2-butinyl-, 3-butinyl-, 4-pentinyl-, 5-hexinyl- or 4-methyl-2-pentinyl group,
alkinylene is for example propinylene, butinylene, pentinylene, hexinylene, heptinylene, octinylene, noninylene or decinylene,
C3-C8-cycloalkyl is preferably cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl or cyclooctyl,
C1-C6-hydroxyalkyl contains a hydroxyl group in one of the above-named C1-C6-alkyl residues, especially in the form of the hydroxymethyl- and hydroxyethyl group, wherein
C1-C6-alkoxy, C3-C6-alkenyloxy, C3-C6-alkinyloxy each contain, aside from the oxygen atom, one of the C1-C6-alkyl-, C3-C6-alkenyl- and/or C3-C6-alkinyl groups named above and the methoxy-, ethoxy-, isopropoxy-, tert-butoxy-, allyloxy- and propargyloxy group are preferred and is to be understood as among C1-C6-alkoxy entirely or partially substituted with fluorine, for example difluormethoxy, trifluormethoxy or 2,2,2-trifluorethoxy,
C1-C6-alkylthio, C3-C6-alkenylthio, C3-C6-alkinylthio each contain, aside from the sulfur atom, one of the C1-C6-alkyl-, C3-C6-alkenyl- or C3-C6-alkinyl group named above, especially the methylthio-, ethylthio-, isopropylthio- and tert-butylthio group,
C3-C8-cycloalkyloxy and C3-C8-cycloalkylthio are preferred as cyclopentyloxy- and cyclopentylthio- and/or cylohexyloxy- and cyclohexylthio groups,
C1-C7-alkanoyloxy groups contain, aside from the oxygen atom, an aliphatic acyl residue with 1 to 7 carbon atoms, especially the acetoxy-, propionyloxy- and pivaloyloxy group,
C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl groups contain, aside from the carbonyl group, one of the C1-C6-alkoxy groups mentioned above, especially the methoxycarbonyl-, ethoxycarbonyl-, isopropoxycarbonyl-, isobutoxycarbonyl-and tert-butoxycarbonyl group,
C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyloxy groups contain, aside from the oxygen atom, one of the C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl residues mentioned above, especially the methoxycarbonyloxy-, ethoxycarbonyloxy, isopropoxycarbonyloxy-, isobutoxycarbonyloxy-and tertbutoxycarbonyl group as well as the allyloxycarbonyloxy group,
C2-C7-alkylaminocarbonyl and C3-C13-dialkylaminocarbonyl groups contain, beside the carbonyl group, an alkylamino- and/or dialkylamino residue, whose C1-C6-alkyl groups have the above meanings, wherein the dimethylaminocarbonyl-, diethylaminocarbonyl- and the diisopropylaminocarbonyl groups are preferred, and one of the following C1-C6-alkylamino groups and/or di-(C1-C6-alkyl)amino groups are to be understood under the amino groups of the formula NR5R6, aside from the unsubstituted amino group,
C1-C6-alkylamino contains one of the C1-C6-alkyl groups mentioned above, especially in form of the methyl amino-, ethyl amino-, propylamino-, isopropylamino-, butylamino- and the tert-butylamino group,
di-(C1-C6-alkyl)amino carries two of the same or different of the above named C1-C6-alkyl groups on the nitrogen atom, especially in form of the dimethylamino-, di ethylamino-, dipropylamino-, diisopropylamino-, isopropylmethyl amino-, dibutylamino- or tert-butylmethylamino group,
C1-C6-acyl is the residue of an aliphatic saturated or unsaturated, straight chain, branched or cyclic carboxylic acid, especially in form of the formyl-, acetyl-, propionyl-, acryloyl-, butyryl-, isobutyryl-, methacryloyl-, cyclopropylcarbonyl-, pentanoyl-, pivaloyl-, cyclobutylcarbonyl-, hexanoyl- and the dimethylacryloyl group,
C1-C6-alkansulfonyl is preferably the methanesulfonyl-, ethanesulfonyl-, propanesulfonyl-, butanesulfonyl-, pentanesulfonyl- and the hexanesulfonyl group,
saturated five- to seven-membered heterocycles with one or two hetero-atoms are especially tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothienyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, Piperidinyl, hexahydroazepinyl, piperazinyl, hexahydrodiazepinyl or morpholinyl,
monocyclic aromatic five- or six-membered heterocycles with one to three hetero-atoms are especially furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl or triazinyl,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclc ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring are preferably benzocyclobutyl, indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, biphenylenyl, fluorenyl, anthryl, dihydroanthryl, phenanthryl, dihydrophenanthryl, dibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocyclooctenyl or tetrahydrodibenzocyclooctenyl, wherein their mono- or dioxo-derivates, for example, the residues of indanone, tetralone, anthrone, anthraquinone, fluorenone, phenanthrone, dibenzocycloheptenone, dihydrodibenzocycloheptenone or tetrahydrodibenzocyclooctenone are also to be understood as partially hydrated carboxylic ring systems,
anellated bi- and tricyclische aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring are among, for example, imidazothiazolyl, benzofuryl, dihydrobenzofuryl, benzothienyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, benzimidazolyl, indazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoisothiazolyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolopyridyl, thiazolopyridyl, isothiazolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, pyrazolopyridyl, thienopyrimidinyl, chromanyl, benzopyranyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, dihydroquinolyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, benzodioxanyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, naphthyridinyl, carbazolyl, tetrahydrocarbazolyl, pyridoindolyl, acridinyl, phenothiazinyl, dihydrodibenzoxepinyl, benzocyclobentathienyl, dihydrothienobenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiepinyl, octahydrobidenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzazepinyl, octahydrodibenzazepinyl, benzocycloheptapyridyl, dihydropyridobenzodiazepinyl, dihydrodibenzoxazepinyl, dihydropyridobenzoxepinyl, dihydropyridobenzoxazepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiazepinyl or dihydropyridobenzothiazepinyl, wherein their mono- or dioxo-derivates and/or optionally their possible tautomeres are also to be understood as partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems, for example, the residues of indolinone, isatin, benzoxazol one and/or their tautomeres hydroxybenzoxazol, of benzisoxazol one, benzothiazolone, benzoisothiazolone and benzimidazolone and/or their tautomeres, hydroxybenzisoxazol, hydroxybenzothiazol, hydroxybenzoisothiazol and hydroxybenzimidazol, of indazolinone, of oxazolopyridinone, thiazolopyridinones, pyrazolopyridinones and imidazopyridinones and/or their tautomeres hydroxyoxazolopyridine, hydroxythiazolopyridines, hydroxypyrazolopyridines and hydroxyimidazopyridines, the residues of chromanone, chromone, quinolinone, di-hydroquinolinone, tetrahydrocarbazolone, acridone, of dihydrodibenzoxepinones, benzocycloheptathiophenones, dihydrothienobenzothiepinones, dihydrodibenzothiepinones, dlhydrodibenzoazepinones, benzocycloheptapyridinones, dihydropyrido-benzoxazepinones, dihydrodibenzothiazepinones and of dihydropyridobenzothiazepinones,
saturated and unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles are —NR12R14 as a grouping which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from N and/or S and/or O, for example azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, (1H)tetrahydropyridine, hexahydroazepine, (1H)tetrahydroazepine, octahydroazocine, pyrazolidine, piperazine, hexahydrodiazepine, morpholine, hexahydrooxazepine, thiomorpholine or thiomorpholine-1,1-dioxide,
saturated or unsaturated bi- or tricyclic, anellated or bridged heterocycles with 8 to 16 ring atoms, represent —NR12R14 as a grouping which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms, selected from N and/or S and/or O, for example 5-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]hexane, 2-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 7-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 9-aza-bicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, indoline, isoindoline, (1H)-dihydroquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoline, (2H)-tetrahydroisoquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoxaline, (4H)-dihydrobenzoxazine, (4H)-dihydrobenothiazine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[c]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[d]azepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]oxazepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiazepine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indol, (10H)-dihydroacridine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridanone, (10H)-phenoxazine, (10H)-phenothiazine, (5H)-dibenzazepine, (5H)-dihydrodibenzazepine, (5H)-octahydrodibenzazepine, (5H)-dihydrodibenzodiazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]oxazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]thiazepine, (10H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,f]oxazepine, (10H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,f]thiazepine or (5H)-tetrahydrodibenzazocine, as well as optionally typical
tautomeres in the case of substitution of the heterocycle as such or in an anellated ring system by free hydroxy-, mercapto- and/or amino groups, and
stereoisomers such as, if applicable, cis/trans-isomers, endo/exo-isomers, optic isomers such as enantiomers, diastereomers as pure isomers or mixtures and/or racemic mixtures as well as the pharmacologically acceptable acid addition salts with inorganic or organic acids, wherein the hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, hydroiodides, sulfates and phosphates, are preferred as addition salts with suitable inorganic acids and acetates, benzoates, 4-methoxybenzoate, 2- or 4-hydroxybenzoate, 4-chlorobenzoate, ascorbate, salicylate, formate, glutarate, tricarballylate, citrates, fumarates, gluconates, malates, maleates, methanesulfonates, lactates, oxalates, succinates, tartrates and tosylates, for example p-tosylate are preferred as addition salts of organic acids.
4. Compounds according to one of the claims 1-3, characterized in that the substitutents labelled in formula (I)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00356
have the following meanings:
R1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, C1-C4-hydroxyalkyl, hydroxy, C1-C4-alkoxy, benzyloxy, C1-C4-alkanoyloxy, C1-C4-alkylthio, C2-C5-alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, C3-C9-dialkylaminocarbonyl, carboxy, phenyl, phenoxy, pyridyloxy or NR5R6, wherein
R5 and
R6 are selected independently from each other from hydrogen and C1-C6-alkyl,
R2 is hydrogen, halogen, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy, wherein
R1 and R2, in the case they are adjacent, optionally form a bridge which are selected from the group of bridge members —(CH2)4— and —(CH═CH)2— and —CH2O—CR7R8—O—, wherein
R7 and
R8 can be, independently from each other, hydrogen and C1-C6-alkyl,
R3 is selected from hydrogen, halogen and C1-C6-alkyl and
R4 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy and benzyloxy,
k is 0 or 1,
A is C2-C6-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted one to three-fold by C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy, fluorine, cyano, or phenyl, or
is C4-C6-alkadienylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl, fluorine, cyano, or phenyl, or
1,3,5-hexatrienylene, which is optionally substituted by C1-C3-alkyl, fluorine, or cyano, as well as
ethinylene,
D is selected from C1-C10-alkylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl or hydroxy, as well as
C2-C10-alkenylene, optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl or hydroxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E or
C3-C10-alkinylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl or hydroxy, as well as
C1-C10-alkylene, C2-C10-alkenylene or C3-C10-alkinylene, in which one to three methylene units are isosterically replaced by O, S, NR9, CO, SO or SO2, wherein
R9 is hydrogen, C1-C3-alkyl, C1-C6-acyl or methanesulfonyl,
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00357
 wherein the heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond and
n and p can be, independent of each other, 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p≦4,
q is 2 or 3,
R10 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl, carboxy or C2-C7-alkoxycarbonyl and
R11 is selected from hydrogen or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom,
G is selected from hydrogen,
G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5, wherein
G1 represents the residue
—(CH2)r—(CR13R14)s—R12  (G1)
 wherein
r is 0, 1 or 2 and
s is 0 or 1,
R12 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C6-alkenyl, C3-C6-alkinyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl,
benzyl, phenyl,
monocyclic aromatic five- or six-membered heterocycles, which contain one to three hetero-atoms from the group N and/or S and/or O and are either bound directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, whereby the bond can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from the groups N and/or S and/or O and the bond can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
R13 has the same meaning as R12, but is selected independently thereof,
R14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl or phenyl, monocyclic aromatic five- or six-membered heterocycles, which can contain one to three hetero-atoms selected from the group N and/or S and/or O and are bound either directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated carbocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least einem aromatic ring, wherein the bond can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
anellated bi- and tricyclic aromatic or partially hydrated heterocyclic ring systems with 8 to 16 ring atoms and at least one aromatic ring, wherein one to three ring atoms can be selected from the group N and/or S and/or O and the bond can occur either over an aromatic or a hydrated ring and either directly or over a methylene group,
G2 is selected from the residues
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00358
 wherein the substituents R12 and R14 can have the above meaning, or the grouping
—NR12R14
 can also be a nitrogen heterocycle bound over the nitrogen atom, selected from
saturated or unsaturated monocyclic, four- to eight-membered heterocycles, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from N and/or S and/or O, or
saturated or unsaturated bi- or tricyclic, anellated or bridged heterocycles with 8 to 16 ring atoms, which, aside from the essential nitrogen atom, can optionally contain one or two further hetero-atoms selected from N and/or S and/or O,
G3 is the residue
—SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3),
G4 is the residue
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00359
 wherein
Ar1 and
Ar2 are selected independently of each other from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl,
G5 is the residue
—COR15  (G5)
 wherein
R15 is trifluoromethyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, C3-C6-alkenyloxy or benzyloxy and
aromatic ring systems in which the substituents R1, R2, R4, R12, R13, R14, R15, Ar1 and Ar2 and/or in the ring system —NR12R14 can carry independently of each other one to three of the same or different substituents from the series halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, which is optionally entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C1-C6-alkylamino, di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino, wherein two adjacent groups on the aromatic ring or ring system can form an additional ring over a methylenedioxy bridge.
5. Compounds according to one of the claims 1-4, characterized in that the substiutents labelled in formula (I)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00360
have the following meanings:
R1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, C1-C4-alkoxy, ethylthio, methoxycarbonyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, carboxy, and phenoxy,
R2 is hydrogen, halogen, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy,
R3 is hydrogen or halogen,
R4 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy and C1-C3-alkoxy,
k is 0 or 1,
A is C2-C6-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy or fluorine,
C4-C6-alkadienylene, which is optionally substituted by is C1-C3-alkyl or by 1 or 2 fluorine atoms,
1,3,5-hexatrienylene, which is optionally substituted by fluorine, or
C2-C6-alkylene, wherein a methylene unit can be isosterically replaced by O, S, CO or SO2, and the isosteric substitute, with the exception of ═CO cannot be adjacent to the amide group and,
D is C1-C8-alkylene, which is optionally substituted once twice-by methyl or hydroxy,
C2-C8-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by methyl or hydroxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E,
C3-C8-alkinylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by methyl or hydroxy, as well as
C1-C8-alkylene, C2-C8-alkenylene or C3-C8-alkinylene, in which one to three methylene units are isosterically replaced by O, S, NH, N(CH3), N(COCH3), N(SO2CH3), CO, SO or SO2,
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00361
 wherein the heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond and
n and
p can be, independent of each other, 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p≦3,
q is 2 or 3,
R10 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C3-alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxymethyl and
R11 is selected from hydrogen or an oxo group which is adjacent to the nitrogen atom,
G is hydrogen or
G1, G2, G3, G4 and G5, wherein
G1 represents the residue
—(CH2)r—(CR13R14)R12  (G1)
 wherein
r is 0, 1 or 2 and
s is 0 or 1,
R12 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C6-alkyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, benzyl or phenyl,
benzocyclobutyl, indanyl, indenyl, oxoindanyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, oxotetrahydronaphthyl, biphenylenyl, fluorenyl, oxofluorenyl, anthryl, dihydroanthryl, oxodihydroanthryl, dioxodihydroanthryl, phenanthryl, dihydrophenanthryl, oxodihydrophenanthryl, dibenzocycloheptenyl, oxodibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl, oxodihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocyclooctenyl, tetrahydrodibenzocyclooctenyl and oxotetrahydrodibenzocyclooctenyl bound directly or over a methylene group,
furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, imidazothiazolyl, benzofuryl, dihydrobenzofuryl, benzothienyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, oxoindolinyl, dioxoindolinyl, benzoxazolyl, oxobenzoxazolinyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxobenzisoxazolinyl, benzothiazolyl, oxobenzthiazolinyl, benzoisothiazolyl, oxobenzoisothiazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, oxobenzimidazolinyl, indazolyl, oxoindazolinyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolopyridyl, oxodihydrooxazolopyridyl, thiazolopyridyl, oxodihydrothiazolopyridyl, isothiazolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, oxodihydroimidazopyridyl, pyrazolopyridyl, oxodihydropyrazolopyridyl, thienopyrimidinyl, chromanyl, chromanonyl, benzopyranyl, chromonyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, dihydroquinolyl, oxodihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, oxotetrahydroquinolinyl, benzodioxanyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, naphthyridinyl, carbazolyl, tetrahydrocarbazolyl, oxotetrahydrocarbazolyl, pyridoindolyl, acridinyl, oxodihydroacridinyl, phenothiazinyl, dihydrodibenzoxepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzoxepinyl, benzocycloheptathienyl, oxobenzocycloheptathienyl, dihydrothienobenzothiepinyl, oxodihydrothienobenzothiepinyl dihydrodibenzothiepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzothiepinyl, octahydrodibenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzazepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzazepinyl, octahydrodibenzazepinyl, benzocycloheptapyridyl, oxobenzocycloheptapyridyl, dihydropyridobenzodiazepinyl dihydrodibenzoxazepinyl, dihydropyridobenzoxepinyl, dihydropyridobenzoxazepinyl, oxodihydropyridobenzoxazepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiazepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzothiazepinyl, dihydropyridobenzothiazepinyl, oxodihydropyridobenzothiazepinyl, bound directly or over a methylene group,
R13 has the same meaning as R12 but is selected independently therefrom,
R14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
indanyl, indenyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, chromanyl, quinolyl or tetrahydroquinolyl bound directly or over a methylene group,
G2 is selected from the residues
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00362
 wherein the substituents R12 and R14 can have the above meanings, or represents the grouping
—NR12R14
each over the nitrogen-bound ring atom of azetidine, pyrrolidine, piperidine, (1H)tetrahydropyridine, hexahydroazepine, (1H)tetrahydroazepine, octahydroazocine, pyrazolidine, piperazine, hexyhydrodiazepine, morpholine, hexahydrooxazepine, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine-1,1-dioxide, 5-aza-bicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, 2-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 7-aza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,5-diaza-bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2-aza-bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 9-azabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane, indoline, isoindoline, (1H)-dihydroquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoline, (2H)-tetrahydroisoquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoxaline, (4H)-dihydrobenzoxazine, (4H)-dihydrobenzothiazine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[c]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[d]azepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]oxazepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiazepine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indole, (10H)-dihydroacridine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridanone, (10H)-phenoxazine, (10H)-phenothiazine, (5H)-dibenzazepine, (5H)-dihydrodibenzazepine, (5H)-Octahydrodibenzazepine, (5H)-dihydrodibenzodiazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]oxazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]thiazepine, (10H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,f]oxazepine, (10H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,f]thiazepine or (5H)-tetrahydrodibenzazocine,
G3 is the residue
—SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3),
G4 is the residue
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00363
 wherein
Ar1 and
Ar2 are selected independently of each other from phenyl, pyridyl or naphthyl,
G5 is the residue
—COR15  (G5)
 wherein
R15 is trifluoromethyl, C1-C6-alkoxy, C3-C6-alkenyloxy or benzyloxy and
aromatic ring systems in which the substituents can be substituted independently of each other by one to three of the same or different substituents from the series halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-Cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, which can be entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, can carry benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C1-C6-alkylamino, di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino, wherein two adjacent groups in the ring or ring system can form an additional ring over a methylenedioxy bridge.
6. Compounds according to one of the claims 1-5, characterized in that that the substituents labelled in formula (I)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00364
have the following meaning:
R1 is hydrogen, halogen, cyano, methyl, trifluoromethyl, hydroxy, methoxy or methoxycarbonyl,
R2 is hydrogen or halogen,
R3 is hydrogen,
R4 is selected from hydrogen, C1-C3-alkyl or hydroxy,
k is 0 or 1,
A is C2-C6-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted once or twice by hydroxy or fluorine, or
is C4-C6-alkadienylene, which is optionally substituted by one or two fluorine atoms, or
is 1,3,5-hexatrienylene
D is C2-C8-alkylene, which is optionally substituted by methyl or hydroxy
C2-C8-alkenylene, which is optionally substituted by methyl or hydroxy, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E, or
C2-C8-alkylene, C2-C8-alkenylene, wherein one to three methylene units are isosterically replaced by O, NH, N(CH3), N(COCH3), N(SO2CH3) or CO,
E is selected from the residues
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00365
 wherein the heterocyclic ring can optionally have a double bond and
n and p can be, independent of each other, 0, 1, 2 or 3, with the proviso that n+p<3 and
q is 2
R10 is hydrogen, methyl or hydroxyl and
R11 is hydrogen or an oxo group adjacent to the nitrogen atom,
G is selected from hydrogen, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, methoxycarbonyl, tertbutoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, trifluoracetyl, diphenylphosphinoyl or the residues ——(CH2)r—(CR13R14)s—R12  (G1)
 and
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00366
 and
—SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3)
 wherein
r is 0 to 2 and
s is 0 or 1,
R12 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
indanyl, indenyl, oxoindanyl, naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, oxotetrahydronaphthyl, fluorineenyl, oxofluorenyl, anthryl, dihydroanthryl, oxodihydroanthryl, dioxodihydroanthryl, dibenzocycloheptenyl, oxodibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl, oxodihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl bound directly or over a methylene group,
furyl, thienyl, pyrrolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazothiazolyl, benzofuryl, dihydrobenzofuryl, benzothienyl, dihydrobenzothienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, oxoindolinyl, dioxoindolinyl, benzoxazolyl, oxobenzoxazolinyl, benzisoxazolyl, oxobenzisoxazolinyl, benzothiazolyl, oxobenzthiazolinyl, benzoisothiazolyl, oxobenzoisothiazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, oxobenzimidazolinyl, benzofurazanyl, benzothiadiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolopyridyl, oxodihydrooxazolopyridyl, thiazolopyridyl, oxodihydrothiazolopyridyl, isothiazolopyridyl, imidazopyridyl, oxodihydroimidazopyridyl, pyrazolopyridyl, thienopyrimidinyl, chromanyl, chromanonyl benzopyranyl, chromonyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, dihydroquinolyl, oxodihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, oxotetrahydroquinolinyl, benzodioxanyl, quinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, naphthyridinyl, carbazolyl, tetrahydrocarbazolyl, oxotetrahydrocarbazolyl, pyridoindolyl, acridinyl, oxodihydroacridinyl, phenothiazinyl, dihydrodibenzoxepinyl, benzocycloheptathienyl, oxobenzocycloheptathienyl, dihydrothienobenzothiepinyl, oxodihydrothienobenzothiepinyl dihydrodibenzothiepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzazepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzazepinyl, octahydrodibenzazepinyl, benzocycloheptapyridyl, oxobenzocycloheptapyridyl, dihydropyridobenzoxepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiazepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzothiazepinyl bound directly or over a methylene group,
R13 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
R14 is selected from hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl, phenyl,
naphthyl, furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indolyl, indolinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, chromanyl, quinolyl or tetrahydroquinolyl, bound directly or over a methylene group, wherein in formula (I)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00367
—NR12R14 can also be selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, (1H)tetrahydropyridine, hexahydroazepine, Octahydroazocine, piperazine, hexahydrodiazepine, morpholine, hexahydrooxazepine, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, indoline, isoindoline, (1H)-dihydroquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoline, (2H)-tetrahydroisoquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoxaline, (4H)-dihydrobenzoxazine, (4H)-dihydrobenzothiazine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[d]azepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]oxazepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiazepine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-9H-pyrido[3,4-b]indol, (10H)-dihydroacridine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridanone, (5H)-dihydrodibenzazepine, (5H)-dihydrodibenzodiazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]oxazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]thiazepine, (10H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,f]oxaze-pine or (5H)-tetrahydrodibenzazocine.
7. Compounds according to one of the claims 1-6, characterized in that the substituents labelled in the formula (I)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00368
have the following meanings:
R1 is hydrogen, fluorine, chlorine, bromine, methyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy,
R2 and
R3 are hydrogen,
R4 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
k is 0 or 1,
A is C2-C4-alkylene, which is optionally substituted by fluorine,
D is selected from C2-C6-alkylene, C2-C6-alkenylene, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E, and C2-C6-alkylene and C2-C6-alkenylene, wherein a methylene unit is isosterically replaced by O, NH, N(CH3) or CO or an ethylene group is isosterically replaced by NH—CO and/or CO—NH or a propylene group can be isosterically replaced by NH—CO—O and/or O—CO—NH,
E is selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, 1,2,5,6-tetrahydropyridine, hexahydroazepine, morpholine and hexahydro-1,4-oxazepine, wherein the heterocyclic ring optionally adjacent to the nitrogen atom can be substituted by an oxo group,
G is selected from hydrogen, tert-butoxycarbonyl, diphenylphosphinoyl, or one of the residues
—(CH2)r—(CR13R14)sR12  (G1)
 and
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00369
 and
—SO2—(CH2)rR12  (G3)
 wherein
r is 0 or 1 and
s is 0 or 1,
R12 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
indenyl, oxoindanyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, fluorenyl, oxofluorenyl, anthryl, dihydroanthryl, oxodihydroanthryl, dioxodihydroanthryl, dibenzocycloheptenyl, dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl bound directly or over a methylene group,
furyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazothiazolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indolyl, oxoindolinyl, dioxoindolinyl, benzoxazolyl, oxobenzoxazolinyl, benzothiazolyl, oxobenzthiazolinyl, benzimidazolyl, oxobenzimidazolinyl, benzofurazanyl, benzotriazolyl, oxazolopyridyl, oxodihydrooxazolopyridyl, thiazolopyridyl, oxodihydrothiazolopyridyl, chromanyl, chromanonyl, benzopyranyl, chromonyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, oxodihydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroquinolyl, oxotetrahydroquinolinyl, benzodioxanyl, quinazolinyl, acridinyl, oxodihydroacridinyl, phenothiazinyl, dihydrodibenzoxepinyl, benzocycloheptathienyl, dihydrothienobenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzothiepinyl, dihydrodibenzazepinyl, oxodihydrodibenzazepinyl, octahydrodibenzazepinyl, benzocycloheptapyridyl, oxobenzocycloheptapyridyl, dihydrodibenzothiazepinyl bound directly or over a methylene group,
R13 is hydrogen, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
R14 is hydrogen, hydroxy, methyl, benzyl or phenyl,
naphthyl, furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl, indolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, chromanyl, quinolyl or tetrahydroquinolyl bound directly or over a methylene group, wherein in the formula
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00370
—NR12R14 can be selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, hexahydroazepine, morpholine, 2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, indoline, isoindoline, (1H)-dihydroquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydroquinoline, (2H)-tetrahydroisoquinoline, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]azepine, (1H)-tetrahydrobenzo[d]azepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]oxazepine, (5H)-tetrahydrobenzo[b]thiazepine, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroacridanone, (5H)-dihydrodibenzazepine, (11H)-dihydrodibenzp[b,e]-oxazepine or (11H)-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]thiazepine and
wherein aromatic ring systems in the substituents can be substituted, independently of each other, by one to three of the same or different substituents from the series halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, which can be entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, can carry benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C1-C6-alkylamino or di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino, whereby two adjacent groups on the aromatic ring or ring system can form an additional ring over a methylenedioxy bridge.
8. Compounds according to one of the claims 1-7, characterized in that the substituents labelled in the formula (I)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00371
have the following meanings:
R1 is hydrogen, fluorine, methyl, trifluoromethyl or hydroxy,
R2 and
R3 are hydrogen,
R4 is hydrogen or hydroxy,
k is 0,
A ethenylene(vinylene) or 1,3-butadienylene
D is selected from C2-C6-alkylene or C2-C6-alkenylene, wherein the double bond can also be to ring E,
E is selected from pyrrolidine, piperidine, hexahydroazepine or morpholine,
G is selected from benzyl, phenethyl, fluorenylmethyl, anthrylmethyl, diphenylmethyl, fluorenyl or dihydrodibenzocycloheptenyl, furylmethyl, thienylmethyl, thiazolylmethyl, pyridylmethyl, benzothienylmethyl, quinolylmethyl, phenyl-thienylmethyl, phenyl-pyridylmethyl,
dihydrodibenzoxepinyl, dihydrodibenzothiepinyl,
acetyl, pivaloyl, phenylacetyl, diphenylacetyl, diphenylpropionyl, naphthylacetyl, benzoyl, naphthoyl, anthrylcarbonyl, oxofluorenylcarbonyl, oxodihydroanthrylcarbonyl or dioxodihydroanthrylcarbonyl,
furoyl, pyridylcarbonyl, chromonylcarbonyl, quinolylcarbonyl,
naphthylaminocarbonyl, dibenzylaminocarbonyl, benzylphenylaminocarbonyl, diphenylaminocarbonyl, indolinyl-1-carbonyl, dihydrodibenzazepin-N-carbonyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl-N-carbonyl, tetrahydrobenzo[b]azepinyl-N-carbonyl,
methanesulfonyl, phenylsulfonyl, p-toluenesulfonyl, naphthylsulfonyl, quinolinsulfonyl and
diphenylphosphinoyl,
wherein aromatic ring systems can be substituted independently of each other by one to three of the same or different substituents from the series halogen, cyano, C1-C6-alkyl, trifluoromethyl, C3-C8-cycloalkyl, phenyl, benzyl, hydroxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, C1-C6-alkoxy, which can be entirely or partially substituted by fluorine, benzyloxy, phenoxy, mercapto, C1-C6-alkylthio, carboxy, C1-C6-alkoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl, nitro, amino, mono-C1-C6-alkyl amino or di-(C1-C6-alkyl)-amino, wherein two adjacent groups in the ring or ring system can form an additional ring over a methylendioxy bridge.
9 Compound according to one of the claims 1-8, characterized in that it is present in the form of
N-[4-(1-methylsulfonylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide,
N-{4-[1-(2-naphthylsulfonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide,
N-{4-[1-(2-naphthylsulfonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide,
N-{4-[1-(1-naphthylaminocarbonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acryl amide,
N-[4-(1-diphenylaminocarbonyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide,
N-[4-(1-diphenylaminocarbonyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide,
N-{4-[1-(10,11-dihydrodibenzo[b,f]azepin-5-yl-carbonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide or
N-[4-(1-diphenylphosphinoyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide
and/or as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof.
10. Compound according to any one of the claims 1-8, characterized in that it is present in the form of
N-[4-(1-acetylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide,
N-[4-(1-diphenylacetyl-piperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide,
N-{4-[-(3,3-diphenylpropionyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide,
N-[4-(1-benzoylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide,
N-[4-(1-benzoylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide, or
N-{4-[1-(9-oxo-9H-fluoro-4-yl-carbonyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide
and/or as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof.
11. Compound according to any one of the claims 1-8, characterized in that it is present in the form of
N-{4-[1-(phenylpyridin-3-yl-methyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide,
N-{4-[1-(phenylpyridin-4-yl-methyl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide,
N-{4-[1-(6,11-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]oxepin-11-yl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, or
N-{4-[1-(6,11-dihydrodibenzo[b,e]thiepin-1-yl)-piperidin-4-yl]-butyl}-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide
and/or as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof.
12 Compound according to any one of the claims 1-8, characterized in that it is present in the form of
N-[7-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yl)-heptyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide,
N-[8-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yl)-octyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide,
N-[3-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-propyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide, or
N-[3-(1-benzylpiperidin-4-yloxy)-propyl]-3-(pyridin-3-yl)-acrylamide
and/or as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof.
13. Compound according to any one of the claims 1-8, characterized in that it is present in the form of
N-[2-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yl)-ethyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide,
N-[4-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yl)-butyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide,
N-[5-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yl)-pentyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide or
N-[6-(1-diphenylmethylpiperidin-4-yl)-hexyl]-5-(pyridin-3-yl)-2,4-pentadienoic acid amide
and/or as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt thereof
14. Method for the production of compounds according to formula (I) according to one of the claims 1-13 characterized in that either
(a) carboxylic acids of formula (II)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00372
 in which R1, R2, R3, A and k have the meaning given above or their reactive derivatives are reacted with compounds of formula (III)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00373
 wherein D, E, G and R4 have the meanings given in claims 1-8 or
(b) compounds of formula (I), wherein G is hydrogen, are reacted with a compound of formula (IV),
L-G  (IV)
 in which G has the meaning given in claims 1-8, with the exception of hydrogen, and L represents a suitable nucleofuge or reactive group, whereby the type of specific nucleofuge or reactive group L as well as the reaction conditions are dependent on the nature of the residue G, or
(c) compounds of formula (I), in which G has the meaning of GI according to claims 1-7, with the exception of hydrogen, are produced in a such a manner that compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen, are reacted with a suitable alkylation agent and/or arylation agent of formula (IV) according to the above variant (b), wherein G is an alkyl-, alkenyl-, alkinyl-, cycloalkyl-, aryl-, aralkyl-, heteroaryl- or heteroaralkyl residue according to definition and the nucleofuge L can be a reactive derivative of an alkohol, for example, a halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine or iodine or a sulfonic acid ester, i.e. for example a methanesulfonyloxy-, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy-, ethanesulfonyloxy-, benzenesulfonyloxy-, p-toluenesulfonyloxy-, p-bromobenzenesulfonyloxy- or m-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy residue, etc. or a reactive group L can be an epoxide group,
(d) compounds of formula (I), in which G represents an acyl, carbamoyl, sulfonyl or a phosphinoyl residue according to the above definition are produced in such a manner that compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen, are reacted with a carboxylic, carbamic, sulfonic and/or phosphinic acid of formula (V),
HO-G  (V)
wherein G is an acyl, carbamoyl, sulfonyl or phosphinoyl residue according to definition, or with derivatives thereof capable of reaction, whereby symmetric or unsymmetric carboxylic acid anhydrides and/or sulfonic acid anhydrides or acyl- and/or sulfonyl halides, especially acyl- and/or sulfonyl chlorides and carbamoyl halides and/or phosphinic acids are used as preferred derivatives of carboxylic acids and/or sulfonic acids (V) capable of reaction, and the reaction of the acids (V) and/or their reactive derivatives with the compounds (I), in which G is hydrogen, preferably occurs in the presence of auxiliary bases in solvents and under conditions as they are described in variant (a), or
(e) compounds of formula (I), in which G represents a carbamoyl residue according to the definition (G2b) in the form of the grouping
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00374
wherein r=0
are produced in such a manner that compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen are reacted with a carbonyl group transmitter to an intermediate product and the latter, without its purification or previous isolation, is brought to reaction with a primary or secondary amine with the formula (VI)
H-NR12R14  (VI)
wherein R12 and R14 and/or the grouping —NR12R14 have the meanings according to claims 1-7, wherein bis-(trichloromethyl) carbonate (triphosgene) and carbonyldiimidazol are used as particularly reactive carbonyl group transmitters and the reaction of compounds of formula (1), wherein G is hydrogen, with triphosgene and/or carbonyldiimidazol is preferably carried out in an absolute, inert solvent in the presence of a tertiary organic amine as an auxiliary base in such a manner that the solution of compounds (I) and the auxiliary base are slowly added to a solution of an equivalent amount of carbonyl group transmitter, or
(f) compounds of formula (I), in which G is a carbamoyl residue according to the definition G2, with r=0 and R14=hydrogen, with grouping
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00375
are produced in such a manner that compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen, are brought into reaction with an isocyanate of the formula (VII)
O═C═N—R12  (VII).
in which R12 has the meaning as given in claims 1-7, wherein the reaction of the compounds of formula (I), in which G is hydrogen, with the isocyanates of formula (VII) preferably occurs in an absolute, inert solvent, such as for example, a hydrocarbon such as pentane, hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene, or xylene, chlorinated hydrocarbons (such as dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene), ethers (for example, diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane), esters such as ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, or polar aprotic solvents such as formamide or dimethylformamide and/or mixtures thereof and the reaction temperatures can lie in the region from −20° C. to 150° C., but can preferably vary from 20° C. to 100° C., or
(g) compounds of formula (I), in which R4 is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkinyl or cycloalkyl residue according to the above definition are produced in such a manner that compounds of the formula (I), in which R4 is hydrogen, are reacted with a suitable alkylation agent of formula (VIII)
L-R4  (VIII)
in which R4 is an alkyl, alkenyl, alkinyl or cycloalkyl residue according to definition and L represents a suitable nucleofuge, i.e. for example a halogen atom such as chlorine, bromine or iodine or a sulfonic acid ester of an alcohol, wherein sulfonic acid esters of formula (VIII) especially contain a methylsulfonyloxy group, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy-, p-toluenesulfonyloxy-, p-bromobenzenesulfonyloxy- or m-nitrobenzenesulfonyloxy group as a nucleotype L and the amide alkylation is carried out in the presence of tertiary amino groups under the use of strong auxiliary bases such as potassium tert-butylate, sodium hydride, potassium hydride or butyl lithium in aprotic, inert solvents, for example, aliphatic or aromatic hydrocarbons such as pentane, hexane, heptane, benzene, toluene or ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, or poral solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, wherein the reaction temperature can lie between −40° C. and 140° C., preferably between −20° C. and 80° C., depending on the reactivity of the educts.
15. Method according to claim 14, characterized in that as reactive derivatives of compound (II) their activated esters, anhydrides, acid halides, (especially acid chlorides), simple low alkyl esters, espcially the p-nitrophenyl esters 2,4,6-trichlorophenyl esters, pentachlorophenyl esters, cyanomethyl esters, esters of N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxyphthalimide, 1-hydroxybenzotriazol, N-hydroxypiperidine, 2-hydroxypyridine or 2-mercaptopyridine are used according to method variant (a), wherein symmetric as well as mixed anhydrides or for example those from the reaction with pivolyl chloride or with chloroformates, for example, aromatic chloroformates such as chloroformic acid phenyl ester, araliphatic chloroformates such as chloroformic acid benzyl ester or aliphatic chloroformates such as chloroformic acid methyl ester, ethyl ester or isobutyl ester are used as anhydrides, and the reaction of the compounds (II) with the compounds (III) can be facultatively preformed in the presence of condensation agents such as dicyclohexylcarbodimide, 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-carbodiimide hydrochloride, N,N′-carbonyldiimidazol or 1-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethoxy-1,2-dihydroquinoline, wherein
in the case of carbodiimides as a condensation agent, especially N-hydroxysuccinimide, N-hydroxyphthalimide, -1-hydroxybenzotriazol or N-hydroxypiperidine can be added, and
the compounds of formula (III) as free bases as well as in form of their acid addition salts can be brought to reaction, especially in form of salts of organic acids such as hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, or sulfates and the reaction of compounds of formula (II), optionally in form of their reactive derivatives, is performed with compounds (III) in a suitable, preferably inert, solvent such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloroethane, trichloroethylene, or ethers such as diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, glycol dimethyl ether, ethylacetate, acetonitrile or polar aprotic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolildone as such in pure form or as mixtures of two or more thereof, wherein
the reaction is optionally carried out in the presence of an auxiliary base such as alkali metal carbonates, for example sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, alkali metal hydrogen carbonates such as sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, or organic bases such as triethylamine, ethyldiisopropylamine, tributylamine, N-methylmorpholine or pydridine, wherein a suitable excess of the compound of formula (III) can be used as a base, and in case of use of the compounds of formula (III) in form of their acid addition salts, the amount of the auxiliary base is considered equivalent, and
the reaction temperatures preferably lie between −40° C. and 180° C., especially between −10° C. and 130° C., preferably at the boiling point of the solvent used.
16. Method according to claim 14, characterized in that according to method variant (b), the reaction of compounds (I), in which G is hydrogen, with compounds according to formula (IV) can be carried out in an inert solvent such as aromatic hydrocarbons for example, benzene, toluene, xylene, or ethers, for example, in tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, glycol dimethyl ether, or in ethylacetate, acetonitrile, ketones such as acetone, ethyl methyl ketone, in polar protic solvents such as alcohols such as ethanol, isopropanol, butanol, glycol monomethyl ether or polar aprotic solvents such as dimethylsulfoxide, dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone, wherein pure solvent as well as mixtures of two or more of them can be used, and the reactions can be carried out in the presence of bases, for example in the presence of the same as they can be used according to the method variant (a) according to claim 15, and, in the case of the chlorides or bromides as compounds (IV), addition of alkali metal iodides such as sodium iodide or potassium iodide occurs and the reaction temperatures can vary between 0° C. and 180° C., however, preferably between 20° C. and 130° C., depending on the reactivity of the educts.
17. Compounds according to the general formula (I)
Figure US20040009967A1-20040115-C00376
wherein G is hydrogen and the remaining substituents have the meanings given in the claims 1-7.
18. Compound or compound mixture according to one of the claims 1-13 and 17 for use in a therapeutic method for treatment of the human or animal body or in a corresponding diagnosis method.
19. Compound or compound mixture for use in a therapeutic method according to claim 18, characterized in that the therapeutic use is in connection with cancerostatic or cytostatic or immunosuppressive treatment, optionally in connection with suitable pharmaceutically acceptable adjuvants and carriers and/or one or more further active ingredients.
20. Use of one or more compounds according to one of the claims 1-13 and 17, including (E)-3-(3-pyridyl)-N-[2-(1-benzylpiperidine-4-yl)ethyl]-2-propenamide hydrochloride, for the preparation of a medicament for treatment of the human or animal body in the medical indications named above in claim 19.
21. Use of one or more compounds according to one of the claims 1-13 and 17, including (E)-3-(3-pyridyl)-N-[2-(1-benzylpiperidine-4-yl)ethyl]-2-propenamide hydrochloride, for the production of a medicament for cytostatic treatment of the human or animal body.
22. Medicament with an amount of one or more active ingredients according to one or more of the claims 1-13 and 17, optionally in connection with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, aside from toxicologically safe adjuvants, and/or in combination with other active ingredients.
23. Method for the production of a medicament according to claim 22, characterized in that one or more of the compounds according to one or more of the claims 1-13 and 17 are processed with suitable, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and adjuvants to a finished medical form.
24. Medicament according to claim 22, characterized in that it is present in the form of a solid, peroral administration form as a tablet, capsule, coated tablet, optionally in sustained action or gastric fluid-resistant form, or as a liquid, peroral administration solution, suspension, effervescent tablet, in the form of tabs or sachets, optionally in sustained action, if possible, or in gastric fluid-resistant form.
25. Medicaments according to claim 22, characterized in that it is present in the form of a suitable injection or infusion preparation together with suitable pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and adjuvants, optionally in sustained action form or as a parenteral depot medicinal form or implant or is used in the form of a concentrate, powder or lyophilisate and the parenteral dilution agent is optionally manufactured in the packaging separately therefrom, wherein the mixing of both compounds with each other or of the active ingredient with a common parenterally applicable dilution agent occurs immediately before use.
26. Medicament according to claim 22, characterized in that it is present in the form of an inhalation therapeutic agent, for example, in the form of a spray together with suitable pharmaceutically acceptable propellants, carriers and adjuvents.
27. Medicament according to claim 22, characterized in that it is present in the form of a transdermal therapeutic system for systemic treatment.
28. Medicament according to claim 22, characterized in that it is present in the form of a gastrointestinal therapeutic system for systemic treatment.
29. Medicament according to claim 22, characterized in that it is present in the form of a salve, suspension, emulsion, a balm or plaster or in the form of an externally applicable solution.
30. Medicament according to claim 26 for administration by means of a controlled dosage aerosol or in the form of a dry powder dosage formulation.
31. Medicament according to claim 22, characterized in that it is present in the form of a rectal, genital, or transurethral administration emulsion, a solution, a liposomal solution, an implant, suppository or a capsule.
32. Medicament according to claim 22, characterized in that it is present in the form of a nasal, otologic or ophthalmologic composition.
33. Medicament according to claim 22 or 24, characterized in that it is present in the form of a buccally applicable form.
34. Medicament according to claim 22 and 24, characterized in that a dosage unit for single administration contains 0.01 to 2.0 mg or 0.1-10 or 20 mg active ingredient according to the claims 1-13 and 17.
35. Medicament according to claim 26, characterized in that the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and/or diluent is a propellant aerosol.
36. Medicament according to claim 26 or 35, characterized in that the propellant aerosol is tetrafluoroethane and/or heptafluoropropane and/or propane, butane, or dimethyl ether or mixtures thereof.
37. Medicament according to claim 26, 35 or 36, characterized in that the propellant aerosol contains surface active adjuvants.
38. Medicament according to claim 22 or 26, characterized in that it contains glucose and/or lactose as a dry powder dosage.
39. Substance or substance mixture according to claim 19 or 20, characterized in that the therapeutic use is suitable in connection with the combination with a further cytostatic agent or immunosuppressive agent.
40. Medicament according to claim 22 and 24, characterized in that it is present in combination with a further cytostatic agent or immunosuppressive agent, optionally in the form of separate dosage units in the pharmaceutical package.
US10/208,656 1996-06-20 2002-07-30 Pyridyl alkene- and pyridyl alkine- acid amides as cytostatics and immuno-suppressives Abandoned US20040009967A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/208,656 US20040009967A1 (en) 1996-06-20 2002-07-30 Pyridyl alkene- and pyridyl alkine- acid amides as cytostatics and immuno-suppressives
US10/683,509 US7276524B2 (en) 1996-06-20 2003-10-10 Pyridyl alkane acid amides as cytostatics and immunosuppressives

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DE19624704A DE19624704A1 (en) 1996-06-20 1996-06-20 New pyridylalkanoic acid amides
DEDE19624704.7 1996-06-20
PCT/EP1997/003243 WO1997048695A1 (en) 1996-06-20 1997-06-20 New pyridyl alkane acid amides as cytostatics and immunosuppressives
US09/216,075 US6444823B1 (en) 1996-06-20 1998-12-18 Pyridyl alkane acid amides as cytostatics and immunosuppressives
US10/208,656 US20040009967A1 (en) 1996-06-20 2002-07-30 Pyridyl alkene- and pyridyl alkine- acid amides as cytostatics and immuno-suppressives

Related Parent Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09216075 Continuation 1997-06-20
PCT/EP1997/003243 Continuation WO1997048695A1 (en) 1996-06-20 1997-06-20 New pyridyl alkane acid amides as cytostatics and immunosuppressives
US09/216,075 Continuation US6444823B1 (en) 1996-06-20 1998-12-18 Pyridyl alkane acid amides as cytostatics and immunosuppressives

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/683,509 Continuation US7276524B2 (en) 1996-06-20 2003-10-10 Pyridyl alkane acid amides as cytostatics and immunosuppressives

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20040009967A1 true US20040009967A1 (en) 2004-01-15

Family

ID=7797525

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/216,075 Expired - Fee Related US6444823B1 (en) 1996-06-20 1998-12-18 Pyridyl alkane acid amides as cytostatics and immunosuppressives
US10/208,656 Abandoned US20040009967A1 (en) 1996-06-20 2002-07-30 Pyridyl alkene- and pyridyl alkine- acid amides as cytostatics and immuno-suppressives
US10/683,509 Expired - Fee Related US7276524B2 (en) 1996-06-20 2003-10-10 Pyridyl alkane acid amides as cytostatics and immunosuppressives

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/216,075 Expired - Fee Related US6444823B1 (en) 1996-06-20 1998-12-18 Pyridyl alkane acid amides as cytostatics and immunosuppressives

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/683,509 Expired - Fee Related US7276524B2 (en) 1996-06-20 2003-10-10 Pyridyl alkane acid amides as cytostatics and immunosuppressives

Country Status (11)

Country Link
US (3) US6444823B1 (en)
EP (1) EP0934309B1 (en)
JP (1) JP4225571B2 (en)
AT (1) ATE223912T1 (en)
AU (1) AU3342097A (en)
DE (2) DE19624704A1 (en)
DK (1) DK0934309T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2178779T3 (en)
PT (1) PT934309E (en)
WO (1) WO1997048695A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA975439B (en)

Families Citing this family (28)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE19624704A1 (en) * 1996-06-20 1998-01-08 Klinge Co Chem Pharm Fab New pyridylalkanoic acid amides
US6451816B1 (en) 1997-06-20 2002-09-17 Klinge Pharma Gmbh Use of pyridyl alkane, pyridyl alkene and/or pyridyl alkine acid amides in the treatment of tumors or for immunosuppression
DE19624659A1 (en) * 1996-06-20 1998-01-08 Klinge Co Chem Pharm Fab New pyridylalkene and pyridylalkanoic acid amides
DE19756235A1 (en) 1997-12-17 1999-07-01 Klinge Co Chem Pharm Fab New piperidinyl-substituted pyridylalkane alkene and alkane carboxylic acid amides
DE19756212A1 (en) * 1997-12-17 1999-07-01 Klinge Co Chem Pharm Fab New cyclic imide-substituted pyridylalkane, alkene and alkyarboxylic acid amides
US6903118B1 (en) 1997-12-17 2005-06-07 Klinge Pharma Gmbh Piperazinyl-substituted pyridylalkane, alkene and alkine carboxamides
DE19756261A1 (en) 1997-12-17 1999-07-01 Klinge Co Chem Pharm Fab New aryl-substituted pyridylalkane, alkene and alkyarboxylic acid amides
DE19818044A1 (en) * 1998-04-22 1999-10-28 Klinge Co Chem Pharm Fab Reducing side effects or neutralizing action of carcinostatic or immunosuppressive agents, especially pyridine derivatives, using vitamin PP compounds, e.g. nicotinamide
DE19908483A1 (en) * 1999-02-26 2000-10-05 Klinge Co Chem Pharm Fab Substances that inhibit cellular nicotinamide mononucleotide formation, useful for cancer therapy and immunosuppression
EP1031564A1 (en) 1999-02-26 2000-08-30 Klinge Pharma GmbH Inhibitors of cellular nicotinamide mononucleotide formation and their use in cancer therapy
US6172040B1 (en) * 1999-05-28 2001-01-09 A. Satyanarayan Naidu Immobilized lactoferrin antimicrobial agents and the use thereof
NZ525056A (en) 2000-09-29 2004-11-26 Glaxo Group Ltd Morpholin-acetamide derivatives for the treatment of inflammatory diseases
EP1348434A1 (en) * 2002-03-27 2003-10-01 Fujisawa Deutschland GmbH Use of pyridyl amides as inhibitors of angiogenesis
WO2006115509A2 (en) 2004-06-24 2006-11-02 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics Inc. Small molecule immunopotentiators and assays for their detection
BRPI0608436A2 (en) 2005-03-17 2009-12-29 Pfizer n- (n-sulfonylaminomethyl) cyclopropanecarboxamide derivatives usable for the treatment of pain
WO2007053498A1 (en) 2005-11-01 2007-05-10 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds useful as antagonists of ccr2
US8067415B2 (en) 2005-11-01 2011-11-29 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compounds useful as antagonists of CCR2
US20090005389A1 (en) * 2006-01-17 2009-01-01 Chakravarty Prasun K 2,5 Diaza-Bicyclo [2.2.1] Heptane Derivatives as Calcium Channel Blockers
EP2098231A1 (en) 2008-03-05 2009-09-09 Topotarget Switzerland SA Use of NAD formation inhibitors for the treatment of ischemia-reperfusion injury
RU2011111728A (en) 2008-08-29 2012-10-10 Топотаргет А/С (Dk) NEW DERIVATIVES OF UREA AND THIRE UREA
EP2413701A4 (en) * 2009-03-31 2012-10-03 Univ Vanderbilt SULPHONYL-AZETIDIN-3-YL-METHYLAMINE AMIDANALOGA AS A GLYT1 INHIBITOR, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF, AND ITS USE IN THE TREATMENT OF PSYCHIATRIC DISEASES
EP2453883A1 (en) 2009-07-17 2012-05-23 Topo Target A/S Method for predicting the utility of administering nicotinic acid or a precursor or prodrug thereof to reduce the severity of side-effects of cancer treatment with nicotinamide phosphoribosyltransferase inhibitors
AR082885A1 (en) 2010-09-03 2013-01-16 Genentech Inc COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR THE INHIBITION OF NAMPT
RU2617424C2 (en) 2010-09-03 2017-04-25 ФОРМА ТиЭм, ЭлЭлСИ Novel compounds and compositions for inhibiting nampt
CN106243023A (en) 2010-09-03 2016-12-21 福马Tm有限责任公司 For suppressing guanidine compound and the compositions of NAMPT
WO2012150952A1 (en) 2011-05-04 2012-11-08 Forma Tm, Llc Novel compounds and compositions for the inhibition of nampt
MX347459B (en) 2011-05-09 2017-04-26 Forma Tm Llc Piperidine derivatives and compositions for the inhibition of nicotinamide phosphoribosyltransferase (nampt).
CN109776494B (en) * 2018-12-25 2021-06-18 中国人民解放军第二军医大学 A kind of nicotinamide phosphoribosyltransferase nitrogen mustard inhibitor with multi-target anti-tumor activity and its preparation and application

Family Cites Families (30)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4283541A (en) 1980-05-27 1981-08-11 Usv Pharmaceutical Corporation Pyridylacyl-hydroxamates
NL8005133A (en) * 1980-09-12 1982-04-01 Duphar Int Res PHENYLPIPERAZINE DERIVATIVES WITH ANTIAGRESSIVE ACTION.
JPS57136518A (en) * 1981-02-18 1982-08-23 Eisai Co Ltd Immunoregulator
US5326772A (en) * 1984-09-28 1994-07-05 Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik Gmbh Diaryl compounds for their use
US4778796A (en) 1985-07-19 1988-10-18 Dainippon Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. ω-(3-pyridyl)alkenamide derivatives and anti-allergenic pharmaceutical compositions containing same
DE3641822A1 (en) * 1986-12-06 1988-06-16 Goedecke Ag USE OF DIHYDROPHENYLAMINOSAE DERIVATIVES AND MEDICINAL PRODUCTS CONTAINING THEM FOR IMMUNULATION AND CYTOSTASE
JPS63179869A (en) * 1987-01-20 1988-07-23 Dainippon Pharmaceut Co Ltd piperidine derivatives
JP2832979B2 (en) * 1988-02-15 1998-12-09 武田薬品工業株式会社 Unsaturated carboxylic acid amide derivative
WO1989007443A1 (en) 1988-02-19 1989-08-24 Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik Gmbh Optically pure r-(-)-niguldipine and its derivatives for treating tumorous diseases
EP0343307A1 (en) * 1988-05-26 1989-11-29 Fabrica Espanola De Productos Quimicos Y Farmaceuticos, S.A. 4-Piperidinealkanamine derivatives
IE903196A1 (en) * 1989-09-05 1991-03-13 Searle & Co Substituted n-benzylpiperidine amides
IE903957A1 (en) * 1989-11-06 1991-05-08 Sanofi Sa Aromatic amine compounds, their method of preparation and¹pharmaceutical compositions in which they are present
JPH05506216A (en) * 1990-04-10 1993-09-16 ビイク　グルデン　ロンベルク　ヒエーミツシエ　フアブリーク　ゲゼルシヤフト　ミツト　ベシユレンクテル　ハフツング Pyridine as a medicine
JPH05506027A (en) * 1990-04-10 1993-09-02 ビイク　グルデン　ロンベルク　ヒエーミツシエ　フアブリーク　ゲゼルシヤフト　ミツト　ベシユレンクテル　ハフツング New pyridine ester
DE4020570A1 (en) * 1990-06-28 1992-01-02 Hoechst Ag 2,4- AND 2,5-SUBSTITUTED PYRIDINE-N-OXIDES, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION AND USE THEREOF
US5260323A (en) * 1990-06-28 1993-11-09 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft 2,4- and 2,5-substituted pyridine-N-oxides, processes for their preparation and their use
DK0471236T3 (en) * 1990-07-30 1995-07-24 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd Imidazopyridine derivatives and their use
US5229400A (en) * 1990-10-05 1993-07-20 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Piperidine compounds and their use as antiarrhythmic agents
FR2676053B1 (en) * 1991-05-03 1993-08-27 Sanofi Elf NOVEL DIALKYLENEPIPERIDINO COMPOUNDS AND THEIR ENANTIOMERS, PROCESS FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM.
ATE152102T1 (en) * 1991-05-10 1997-05-15 Takeda Chemical Industries Ltd PYRIDINE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE
US5208247A (en) 1991-08-01 1993-05-04 American Cyanamid Company Pyridinium compounds which are useful as antagonists of platelet activating factor
EP0548883A1 (en) * 1991-12-24 1993-06-30 Hoechst Aktiengesellschaft Substituted pyridine-N-oxides, process for their preparation and their use as medicines
EP0619814A1 (en) 1991-12-31 1994-10-19 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Oxadiazole derivatives having acetylcholinesterase-inhibitory and muscarinic agonist activity
GB9200535D0 (en) 1992-01-10 1992-02-26 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co New compound
IL111235A (en) 1993-10-15 2001-03-19 Schering Plough Corp Pharmaceutical compositions for inhibition of g-protein function and for treatment of proliferative diseases containing tricyclic compounds some such compounds and process for preparing part of them
NZ275646A (en) 1993-10-15 1998-02-26 Schering Corp Tricyclic sulphonamide derivatives and medicaments
AU698313B2 (en) 1994-03-14 1998-10-29 Government Of The United States Of America, As Represented By The Secretary Of The Department Of Health And Human Services, The Use of lipoxygenase inhibitors as anti-cancer therapeutic and intervention agents
FR2738245B1 (en) * 1995-08-28 1997-11-21 Sanofi Sa NOVEL PIPERIDINE DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
US6451816B1 (en) * 1997-06-20 2002-09-17 Klinge Pharma Gmbh Use of pyridyl alkane, pyridyl alkene and/or pyridyl alkine acid amides in the treatment of tumors or for immunosuppression
DE19624704A1 (en) * 1996-06-20 1998-01-08 Klinge Co Chem Pharm Fab New pyridylalkanoic acid amides

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
DE69715439D1 (en) 2002-10-17
JP2000512651A (en) 2000-09-26
US20040176605A1 (en) 2004-09-09
ATE223912T1 (en) 2002-09-15
JP4225571B2 (en) 2009-02-18
US7276524B2 (en) 2007-10-02
EP0934309A1 (en) 1999-08-11
ES2178779T3 (en) 2003-01-01
EP0934309B1 (en) 2002-09-11
DK0934309T3 (en) 2002-12-23
DE19624704A1 (en) 1998-01-08
AU3342097A (en) 1998-01-07
PT934309E (en) 2002-12-31
US6444823B1 (en) 2002-09-03
WO1997048695A1 (en) 1997-12-24
ZA975439B (en) 1998-02-23
DE69715439T2 (en) 2003-05-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7241745B2 (en) Pyridyl alkene and pyridyl alkine acid amides as cytostatics and immunosupressives
US6451816B1 (en) Use of pyridyl alkane, pyridyl alkene and/or pyridyl alkine acid amides in the treatment of tumors or for immunosuppression
EP0912176B1 (en) Use of pyridyl alkane, pyridyl alkene and/or pyridyl alkine acid amides in the treatment of tumors or for immunosuppression
EP1060163B1 (en) New piperazinyl-substituted pyridylalkane, alkene and alkine carboxamides
US20040009967A1 (en) Pyridyl alkene- and pyridyl alkine- acid amides as cytostatics and immuno-suppressives
US6593344B1 (en) Piperadinyl-substituted pyridylalkane, alkene and alkine carboxamides
US6903118B1 (en) Piperazinyl-substituted pyridylalkane, alkene and alkine carboxamides
EP1042291B1 (en) Aryl-substituted pyridylalkane, alkene, and alkine carboxamides useful as cytostatic and immunosuppressive agents
KR100478405B1 (en) Pyridylalkene- and pyridylalkyne-acidamides as cytostatic and immunosuppressive agents
HK1021974B (en) Pyridyl alkene-and pyridyl alkine-acid amides as cytostatics and immunosuppressives

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

AS Assignment

Owner name: FUJISAWA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:KLINGE PHARMA GMBH;REEL/FRAME:018120/0097

Effective date: 20050831

Owner name: FUJISAWA GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: MERGER;ASSIGNOR:FUJISAWA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH;REEL/FRAME:018120/0102

Effective date: 20051017

Owner name: ASTELLAS PHARMA GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:FUJISAWA GMBH;REEL/FRAME:018120/0108

Effective date: 20051017

AS Assignment

Owner name: FUJISAWA GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:FUJISAWA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH;REEL/FRAME:018109/0880

Effective date: 20051017

Owner name: FUJISAWA DEUTSCHLAND GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:KLINGE PHARMA GMBH;REEL/FRAME:018109/0863

Effective date: 20050831

Owner name: ASTELLAS PHARMA GMBH, GERMANY

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:FUJISAWA GMBH;REEL/FRAME:018109/0917

Effective date: 20051017